US20070254935A1 - Pyrazole and imidazole compounds and uses thereof - Google Patents

Pyrazole and imidazole compounds and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20070254935A1
US20070254935A1 US11/766,442 US76644207A US2007254935A1 US 20070254935 A1 US20070254935 A1 US 20070254935A1 US 76644207 A US76644207 A US 76644207A US 2007254935 A1 US2007254935 A1 US 2007254935A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
chlorophenyl
methyl
pyrazol
phenyl
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/766,442
Inventor
Robert Dow
Marlys Hammond
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Pfizer Inc
Original Assignee
Pfizer Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pfizer Inc filed Critical Pfizer Inc
Priority to US11/766,442 priority Critical patent/US20070254935A1/en
Publication of US20070254935A1 publication Critical patent/US20070254935A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/34—Tobacco-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/36—Opioid-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/64—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/08—Bridged systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to pyrazole and imidazole compounds, which are useful as cannabinoid receptor ligands, in particular as CB-1 receptor antagonists.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of the compounds in treating diseases, conditions and disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor ligands including pharmaceutical compositions for such use.
  • Obesity is a major public health concern because of its increasing prevalence and associated health risks. Obesity and overweight are generally defined by body mass index (BMI), which is correlated with total body fat and estimates the relative risk of disease. BMI is calculated by weight in kilograms divided by height in meters squared (kg/m 2 ). Overweight is typically defined as a BMI of 25-29.9 kg/m 2 , and obesity is typically defined as a BMI of 30 kg/m 2 . See, e.g., National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, Clinical Guidelines on the Identification, Evaluation, and Treatment of Overweight and Obesity in Adults, The Evidence Report, Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH publication no. 984083 (1998).
  • BMI body mass index
  • the increase in obesity is of concern because of the excessive health risks associated with obesity, including coronary heart disease, strokes, hypertension, type 2 diabetes mellitus, dyslipidemia, sleep apnea, osteoarthritis, gall bladder disease, depression, and certain forms of cancer (e.g., endometrial, breast, prostate, and colon).
  • the negative health consequences of obesity make it the second leading cause of preventable death in the United States and impart a significant economic and psychosocial effect on society. See, McGinnis M, Foege W H., “Actual Causes of Death in the United States,” JAMA, 270, 2207-12 (1993).
  • Obesity is now recognized as a chronic disease that requires treatment to reduce its associated health risks.
  • weight loss is an important treatment outcome, one of the main goals of obesity management is to improve cardiovascular and metabolic values to reduce obesity-related morbidity and mortality. It has been shown that 5-10% loss of body weight can substantially improve metabolic values, such as blood glucose, blood pressure, and lipid concentrations. Hence, it is believed that a 5-10% intentional reduction in body weight may reduce morbidity and mortality.
  • Adrenergic agents e.g., diethylpropion, benzphetamine, phendimetrazine, mazindol, and phentermine
  • Adrenergic agents act by modulating central norepinephrine and dopamine receptors through the promotion of catecholamine release.
  • Older adrenergic weight-loss drugs e.g., amphetamine, methamphetamine, and phenmetrazine
  • Fenfluramine and dexfenfluramine both serotonergic agents used to regulate appetite, are no longer available for use.
  • CB1 cannabinoid receptor antagonists/inverse agonists have been suggested as potential appetite suppressants. See, e.g., Arnone, M., et al., “Selective Inhibition of Sucrose and Ethanol Intake by SR141716, an Antagonist of Central Cannabinoid (CB1) Receptors,” Psychopharmacol, 132, 104-106 (1997); Colombo, G., et al., “Appetite Suppression and Weight Loss after the Cannabinoid Antagonist SR141716,” Life Sci., 63, PL113-PL117 (1998); Simiand, J., et al., “SR141716, a CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor Antagonist, Selectively Reduces Sweet Food Intake in Marmose,” Behav.
  • Alcoholism affects approximately 10.9 million men and 4.4 million women in the United States. Approximately 100,000 deaths per year have been attributed to alcohol abuse or dependence. Health risks associated with alcoholism include impaired motor control and decision making, cancer, liver disease, birth defects, heart disease, drug/drug interactions, pancreatitis and interpersonal problems. Studies have suggested that endogenous cannabinoid tone plays a critical role in the control of ethanol intake.
  • the endogenous CB1 receptor antagonist SR-141716A has been shown to block voluntary ethanol intake in rats and mice.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I) that act as cannabinoid receptor ligands (preferably, CB1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists). wherein
  • X is carbon and Y is nitrogen or X is nitrogen and Y is carbon;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, halogen, or cyano;
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently (CH 2 ) n -aryl or (CH 2 ) n -heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • L is —C(O)— or —C(R 4 )(OR 5 )—, where R 4 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and R 5 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or taken together with R 8 or R 9 is —CH 2 CH 2 — or —CH 2 C(O)—;
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or R 6 and R 7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring;
  • R 8 and R 9 are each independently hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(CH 2 ) m R 10 , —SO 2 (CH 2 ) n R 10 , or —(CH 2 ) p R 10 , where m and n are 0, 1, or 2, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and R 10 is selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, a partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and a partially or fully saturated heterocycle, where the (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, the cycloalkyl, the aryl, the heteroaryl and the heterocycle are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below); or
  • R 8 and R 9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 4- to 8-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently —(CH 2 ) n -aryl or —(CH 2 ) n -heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R 2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R 3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl);
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or R 6 and R 7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring;
  • R 8 and R 9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula IA include: 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)
  • R 1 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently —(CH 2 ) n -aryl or —(CH 2 ) n -heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R 2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R 3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl);
  • R 4 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or R 6 and R 7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring;
  • R 8 and R 9 are each independently hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(CH 2 ) m R 10 , —SO 2 (CH 2 ) n R 10 , or —(CH 2 ) p R 10 , where m and n are 0, 1, or 2, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and R 10 is selected from the group consisting of a (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, a partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and a partially or fully saturated heterocycle, where the (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, the cycloalkyl, the aryl, the heteroaryl and the heterocycle are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below), or
  • R 8 and R 9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula IB include: 2-(benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol; 1- ⁇ 2-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl ⁇ -4-isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-
  • R 1 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently —(CH 2 ) n -aryl or —(CH 2 ) n -heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R 2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R 3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl);
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or R 6 and R 7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring;
  • R 9 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(CH 2 ) m R 11 , —SO 2 (CH 2 ) n R 10 , or —(CH 2 ) p R 10 , where m and n are 0, 1, or 2, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and R 10 is selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, a partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and a partially or fully saturated heterocycle, where the (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, the cycloalkyl, the aryl, the heteroaryl and the heterocycle are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula (IC) include: 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-cyclohexyl-morpholine; 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(propane-2-sulfonyl)-morpholine; 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-morpholine; 1- ⁇ 2-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholin-4-yl ⁇ -2-methyl-propan-1-one; and 2-[1-
  • R 1 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently —(CH 2 ) n -aryl or —(CH 2 ) n -heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R 2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R 3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluorophenyl);
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or R 6 and R 7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring;
  • R 8 and R 9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (ID) include: 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone and 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, or the salt.
  • a pharmaceutical composition that comprises (1) a compound of the present invention, and (2) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier.
  • a method for treating a disease, condition or disorder modulated by a cannabinoid receptor (preferably, a CB1 receptor) antagonists in animals that includes the step of administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention (or a pharmaceutical composition thereof).
  • a cannabinoid receptor preferably, a CB1 receptor
  • Diseases, conditions, and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists include eating disorders (e.g., binge eating disorder, anorexia, and bulimia), weight loss or control (e.g., reduction in calorie or food intake, and/or appetite suppression), obesity, depression, atypical depression, bipolar disorders, psychoses, schizophrenia, behavioral addictions, suppression of reward-related behaviors (e.g., conditioned place avoidance, such as suppression of cocaine- and morphine-induced conditioned place preference), substance abuse, addictive disorders, impulsivity, alcoholism (e.g., alcohol abuse, addiction and/or dependence including treatment for abstinence, craving reduction and relapse prevention of alcohol intake), tobacco abuse (e.g., smoking addiction, cessation and/or dependence including treatment for craving reduction and relapse prevention of tobacco smoking), dementia (including memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, dementia of aging, vascular dementia, mild cognitive impairment, age-related cognitive decline, and mild neurocognitive disorder), sexual dysfunction in males (e.g.,
  • Compounds of the present invention may be administered in combination with other pharmaceutical agents.
  • Preferred pharmaceutical agents include nicotine receptor partial agonists, opioid antagonists (e.g., naltrexone (including naltrexone depot), antabuse, and nalmefene), dopaminergic agents (e.g., apomorphine), ADD/ADHD agents (e.g., methylphenidate hydrochloride (e.g., RitalinTM and ConcertaTM), atomoxetine (e.g., StratteraTM), and amphetamines (e.g., AdderallTM)) and anti-obesity agents, such as apo-B/MTP inhibitors, 11 ⁇ -hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 (11 ⁇ -HSD type 1) inhibitors, peptide YY 3-36 or analogs thereof, MCR-4 agonists, CCK-A agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, sympathomimetic agents, ⁇ 3 adrene
  • the combination therapy may be administered as (a) a single pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the present invention, at least one additional pharmaceutical agent described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier; or (b) two separate pharmaceutical compositions comprising (i) a first composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier, and (ii) a second composition comprising at least one additional pharmaceutical agent described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be administered simultaneously or sequentially and in any order.
  • a pharmaceutical kit for use by a consumer to treat diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists in an animal.
  • the kit comprises a) a suitable dosage form comprising a compound of the present invention; and b) instructions describing a method of using the dosage form to treat diseases linked to the modulation of the cannabinoid receptor (preferably, the CB1 receptor).
  • a pharmaceutical kit comprising: a) a first dosage form comprising (i) a compound of the present invention and (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent; b) a second dosage form comprising (i) an additional pharmaceutical agent described above, and (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent; and c) a container.
  • alkyl refers to a hydrocarbon radical of the general formula C n H 2n+1 .
  • the alkane radical may be straight or branched.
  • (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl refers to a monovalent, straight, or branched aliphatic group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, neopentyl, 3,3-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, and the like).
  • the alkane radical may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (generally, one to three substituents except in the case of halogen substituents such as perchloro or perfluoroalkyls) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • substituents generally, one to three substituents except in the case of halogen substituents such as perchloro or perfluoroalkyls
  • substituents such as perchloro or perfluoroalkyls
  • halo-substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms (e.g., fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, perfluoroethyl, and the like).
  • the alkyl portion of an alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, and alkylthio group has the same definition as above.
  • partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring refers to nonaromatic rings that are either partially or fully hydrogenated and may exist as a single ring, bicyclic ring or a spiro-fused ring.
  • carbocyclic rings include groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclpentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornyl (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl), norbornenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, and the like.
  • the carbocyclic ring is a 3 to 8 membered ring.
  • the partially saturated or fully saturated cycloalkyl may be optionally substituted with one of more substituents (typically, one to three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • a substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring includes groups wherein the carbocyclic ring is fused to a phenyl ring (e.g., indanyl, etc.) or a heteroaryl ring.
  • the carbocyclic group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the carbon atoms within the carbocyclic ring system.
  • partially saturated or fully saturated heterocyclic ring refers to nonaromatic rings that are either partially or fully hydrogenated and may exist as a single ring, bicyclic ring or a spiro-fused ring.
  • Partially saturated or fully saturated heterocyclic rings include groups such as epoxy, aziridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, N-methylpyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, 2H-chromenyl, oxazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothienyl 1,1-dioxide, and the like.
  • the heterocycle is 3 to 8 membered ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • the partially saturated or fully saturated heterocyclic groups may be optionally substituted with one of more substituents (typically, one to three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • a substituted heterocyclic ring includes groups wherein the heterocyclic ring is fused to a phenyl ring (e.g., 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothiophenyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothiazolyl, etc.) or a heteroaryl ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the atoms within the heterocyclic ring system.
  • alkenyl refers to a hydrocarbon containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the alkene radical may be straight or branched and the alkene radical may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (typically, one to three substituents except for perhalo substitutions) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • substituents typically, one to three substituents except for perhalo substitutions
  • alkene also includes all diastereoisomers (e.g., cis and trans isomers).
  • aryl or “aromatic carbocyclic ring” refers to aromatic moieties having single (e.g., phenyl) or fused ring system (e.g., naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, etc.).
  • the aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (preferably no more than three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • Substituted aryl groups include a chain of aromatic moieties (e.g., biphenyl, terphenyl, phenylnaphthalyl, etc.)
  • the aryl group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the carbon atoms within the aromatic ring system.
  • Preferred aryl substituents are halogens (F, Cl, Br or I, preferably F or Cl), (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl (e.g., CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ) and cyano.
  • the aryl portion (i.e., aromatic moiety) of an aroyl or aroyloxy i.e., (aryl)-C(O)—O—
  • heteroaryl or “heteroaromatic ring” refers to aromatic moieties containing at least one heteratom (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen or combinations thereof) within the aromatic ring system (e.g., pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, thienyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, thiazolyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, etc.).
  • heteratom e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen or combinations thereof
  • the heteroaromatic moiety may consist of a single or fused ring system.
  • a typical single heteroaryl ring is a 5- to 6-membered ring containing one to three heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen and a typical fused heteroaryl ring system is a 9- to 10-membered ring system containing one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • the heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (preferably no more than three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • the heteroaryl group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the atoms within the aromatic ring system (e.g., imidazol-1-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, imidazol-5-yl, pyrid-2-yl, pyrid-3-yl, pyrid-4-yl, pyrid-5-yl, or pyrid-6-yl).
  • the heteroaryl portion (i.e., heteroaromatic moiety) of a heteroaroyl or heteroaroyloxy i.e., (heteroaryl)-C(O)—O—
  • acyl refers to alkyl, partially saturated or fully saturated cycloalkyl, partially saturated or fully saturated heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl substituted carbonyl groups.
  • acyl includes groups such as (C 1 -C 6 )alkanoyl (e.g., formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, valeryl, caproyl, t-butylacetyl, etc.), (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkylcarbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, etc.), heterocyclic carbonyl (e.g., pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, pyrrolid-2-one-5-carbonyl, piperidinylcarbonyl, piperazinylcarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranylcarbonyl, etc.
  • alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl and heteroaryl portion of the acyl group may be any one of the groups described in the respective definitions above. Unless indicated otherwise, the acyl group may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one of more substituents (typically, one to three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • substituted specifically envisions and allows for substitutions that are common in the art. However, it is generally understood by those skilled in the art that the substituents should be selected so as to not adversely affect the pharmacological characteristics of the compound or adversely interfere with the use of the medicament. Those skilled in the art will also appreciate that some substitutions may be inherently unstable and therefore do not form a part of this invention.
  • Suitable substituents for any of the groups defined above include (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, partially or fully saturated (C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, partially or fully saturated 3- to 6-membered heterocycle, halo (e.g., chloro, bromo, iodo and fluoro), cyano, hydroxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl (mercapto), (C 1 -C 6 )alkylthio, arylthio, amino, mono- or di-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl amino, quaternary ammonium salts, amino(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, aminocarboxylate (i.e., —NH—C(O)—O—(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl), N—(C 1 -C 6
  • substituted combinations such as “substituted aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl”
  • either the aryl or the alkyl group may be substituted, or both the aryl and the alkyl groups may be substituted with one or more substituents (typically, one to three substituents except in the case of perhalo substitutions).
  • An aryl substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group may be a fused ring (e.g., indanyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydroindolyl, etc.).
  • a cycloalkyl substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group may be a spiro-fused ring.
  • solvate refers to a molecular complex of a compound of the present invention with one or more solvent molecules.
  • solvent molecules are those commonly used in the pharmaceutical art, which are known to be innocuous to the recipient, e.g., water, ethanol, and the like.
  • hydrate refers to the complex where the solvent molecule is water.
  • protecting group refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functionality while reacting other functional groups on the compound.
  • an “amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound. Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • a “hydroxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality.
  • Suitable protecting groups include acetyl and silyl.
  • a “carboxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality. Common carboxy-protecting groups include —CH 2 CH 2 SO 2 Ph, cyanoethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfenyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenylphosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl and the like.
  • protecting groups and their use see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis , John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means an amount of a compound of the present invention that (i) treats or prevents the particular disease, condition, or disorder, (ii) attenuates, ameliorates, or eliminates one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder, or (iii) prevents or delays the onset of one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder described herein.
  • animal refers to humans (male and female), companion animals (e.g., dogs, cats and horses), food-source animals, zoo animals, marine animals, birds and other similar animal species.
  • companion animals e.g., dogs, cats and horses
  • food-source animals e.g., zoo animals, marine animals, birds and other similar animal species.
  • Edible animals refers to food-source animals such as cows, pigs, sheep and poultry.
  • phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” indicates that the substance or composition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically, with the other ingredients comprising a formulation, and/or the mammal being treated therewith.
  • modulated by a cannabinoid receptor or “modulation of a cannabinoid receptor” refers to the activation or deactivation of cannabinoid receptors.
  • the ligand i.e., compound of the present invention
  • the ligand may act as an agonist, partial agonist, inverse agonist, antagonist, partial antagonist, and the like.
  • antagonist refers to both full and partial antagonists as well as inverse agonists.
  • treating embrace both preventative, i.e., prophylactic, and palliative treatment.
  • compounds of the present invention refer to compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (IB), (IC), (ID) prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, and/or prodrugs, and hydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs, as well as, all stereoisomers (including diastereoisomers and enantiomers), tautomers and isotopically labeled compounds.
  • Compounds of the present invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well-known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein.
  • the starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wis.) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis , v. 1-19, Wiley, New York (1967-1999 ed.), or Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie, 4, Aufl. ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, including supplements (also available via the Beilstein online database)).
  • reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates.
  • Examples section below For a more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the Examples section below.
  • Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the inventive compounds.
  • specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions.
  • many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional chemistry well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • BOC t-butoxycarbonyl
  • CBz benzyloxycarbonyl
  • Fmoc 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl
  • Scheme I illustrates an efficient method for preparing compounds of Formula (I) where L is a carbonyl group or compounds of Formula (IA).
  • Ester I(a) where R 2 and R 3 are aryl groups may be prepared using analogous procedures described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,944,790, 5,051,518, 5,134,142, and 5,624,941, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, or esterification of the corresponding carboxylic acid prepared by analogous procedures described in Bischler, Chemische Berichte, 26, 1881-1890 (1893). Other 1,5-disubstituted aryl and heteroaryl pyrazole ester derivatives may be prepared using analogous procedures.
  • the amide I(b) is then prepared from the ester I(a) by reacting the ester with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride and isopropylmagnesium chloride in an aprotic solvent (e.g., THF).
  • the N-methoxyamide I(b) is converted to the ketone I(c) by reacting with R 6 R 7 CH-metal (preferably, magnesium or lithium).
  • the ⁇ -haloketone I(d) is prepared using standard halogenation procedures well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., CuBr 2 in refluxing ethyl acetate/chloroform).
  • ⁇ -halo group is then displaced with the desired amino group to provide the ⁇ -aminoketo compound IA.
  • ⁇ -halo intermediate I(d) is reacted with R 8 R 9 NH in the presence of an organic or inorganic base and an aprotic solvent (e.g., diethylisopropylamine and DMSO).
  • the compound of Formula (I) where L is a carbonyl group can be converted to a compound of Formula (I) where L is a hydroxymethylene (or a compound of Formula (IB) where R 4 and R 5 are both hydrogen) by reducing the carbonyl group to its corresponding alcohol.
  • Procedures for reducing ketones to their corresponding alcohols are well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • One convenient method is reduction with sodium borohydride in a protic solvent (e.g., ethanol) to produce a compound of Formula (I) where L is —CH(OH)—.
  • compound IA can be reduced with an organometallic reagent (e.g., lithium or magnesium organometallic, such as R 4 Li or R 4 MgBr, dissolved in a nonreactive solvent, typically dry ethyl ether) to produce Compound (IB′) (i.e., a compound of Formula (I) where L is —CR 4 (OH)— or a compound of Formula (IB) where R 5 is hydrogen and R 4 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl).
  • organometallic reagent e.g., lithium or magnesium organometallic, such as R 4 Li or R 4 MgBr, dissolved in a nonreactive solvent, typically dry ethyl ether
  • Compound IB′ can be easily converted to its corresponding ether IB′′ (i.e., compounds of Formula (I) where L is —CR 4 (OR 5 )— or compounds of Formula (IB) where R 4 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and R 5 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl) using standard etherization processes well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • etherization processes well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • an alkyl halide e.g., R 5 X
  • a strong base e.g., sodium hydride
  • aprotic solvent e.g., dimethylformamide
  • Scheme III illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention where R 5 is taken together with either R 8 or R 9 to form a —CH 2 CH 2 — linkage.
  • the N-protected amino compound I(3a) is cyclized to the morpholinyl derivative I(3b) by heating in the presence of a strong acid (e.g. 48% hydrogen bromide).
  • the N-protecting group is then removed by heating in the presence of 1-chloroethyl chloroformate and 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene in 1,2-dichloroethane to produce a compound IC′ (i.e., a compound of Formula (I) wherein L is —CH(OR 5 )— or a compound of Formula (IC), where R 5 and R 8 form an ethylene bridge and R 9 is hydrogen).
  • the morpholinyl nitrogen can then be alkylated by treating compound IC′ with the appropriate aldehyde/ketone in the presence of sodium triacetoxyborohydride and acetic acid.
  • the morpholinyl nitrogen may be acylated or sulfonated using standard procedures well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • compound IC′ may be reacted with R 10 (CH 2 ) m C(O)Cl or R 10 (CH 2 ) n SO 2 Cl (where m, n and R 10 are as defined earlier) in the presence of triethylamine and an aprotic solvent (e.g., dichloromethane).
  • R 9 or R 8 is —(CH 2 ) p R 10 (where p is 1, 2 or 3 and R 10 is as defined earlier) may be produced by reducing the carbonyl of the corresponding acylated compound via standard reduction processes well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • the benzamidine I(4a) is prepared by condensing the desired amine with the desired nitrile.
  • the amine and nitrile are available from a variety of commercial sources or via simple modifications of commercially available materials using procedures well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • One convenient means of achieving the condensation is by pre-treating the amine with trimethylaluminum prior to the addition of the nitrile and then heating the mixture to complete the reaction.
  • the benzamidine I(4a) is then condensed with an appropriately substituted 3-bromo-2-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester in the presence of a weak base (e.g., sodium bicarbonate) to form the hydroxy ester I(4b).
  • a weak base e.g., sodium bicarbonate
  • the hydroxy ester I(4b) is then dehydrated to form the imidazole I(4c).
  • the ester group of imidazole I(4c) is converted to the ⁇ -bromo ketone I(4d) by saponification of the ester using basic conditions such as lithium hydroxide in a mixture of methanol and water, reacting the intermediate acid with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride and a suitable coupling agent, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or 1-propane phosphonic acid cyclic anhydride in an aprotic solvent (e.g., THF).
  • DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • THF aprotic solvent
  • the intermediate N-methoxyamide is converted to the ketone by reacting with R 6 R 7 CH-metal (preferably, magnesium-halide (Grignard reagent) or lithium).
  • R 6 R 7 CH-metal preferably, magnesium-halide (Grignard reagent) or lithium.
  • the ⁇ -haloketone I(4d) is prepared using standard halogenation procedures well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., Br 2 in acetic acid).
  • the ⁇ -bromo group can then be displaced with the desired amine to form the desired ⁇ -amine ketone (ID).
  • Compound (ID) may be converted to imidazole derivatives wherein L is —C(R 4 )(OR 5 )—, where R 4 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and R 5 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or taken together with R 8 or R 9 is —CH 2 CH 2 — or —CH 2 C(O)— using the same general procedures described above for the synthesis of compounds of Formula (IB) and Formula (IC).
  • the compounds of the present invention may be isolated and used per se or in the form of its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or hydrate.
  • salts refers to inorganic and organic salts of a compound of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of a compound, or by separately reacting the compound, N-oxide, or prodrug with a suitable organic or inorganic acid and isolating the salt thus formed.
  • Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, sulfate, bisulfate, nitrate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, oxalate, besylate, palmitiate, pamoate, malonate, stearate, laurate, malate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, hexafluorophosphate, benzene sulfonate, tosylate, formate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts, and the like.
  • alkali and alkaline earth metals such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like
  • non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations including, but not limited to, ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like. See, e.g., Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
  • prodrug means a compound that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis in blood.
  • a discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
  • a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 12 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (C 1 -C 6 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C 1 -C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C 1 -C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N—(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkanoyl, ⁇ -amino(C 1 -C 4 )alkanoyl, arylacyl and ⁇ -aminoacyl, or ⁇ -aminoacyl- ⁇ -aminoacyl, where each ⁇ -aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR′-carbonyl where R and R′ are each independently (C 1 -C 10 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural ⁇ -aminoacyl or natural ⁇ -aminoacyl-natural ⁇ -aminoacyl, —C(OH)C(O)OY′ wherein Y′ is H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl or benzyl, —C(OY 0 )Y 1 wherein Y 0 is (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl and Y 1 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, carboxy(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, amino(C 1 -C 4 )
  • the compounds of the present invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the present invention as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention.
  • the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of the present invention incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention. Both the single positional isomers and mixture of positional isomers resulting from the N-oxidation of the pyrimidine and pyrazine rings are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereoisomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization.
  • Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereoisomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereoisomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers.
  • an appropriate optically active compound e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride
  • converting e.g., hydrolyzing
  • some of the compounds of the present invention may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • the compounds of the present invention may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention.
  • all of the tautomeric forms of the imidazole and pyrazole moieties are included in the invention.
  • all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.
  • the present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine, iodine, and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 23 I, and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3 H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14 C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.
  • a typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention and a carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as carbohydrates, waxes, water soluble and/or swellable polymers, hydrophilic or hydrophobic materials, gelatin, oils, solvents, water, and the like.
  • the particular carrier, diluent or excipient used will depend upon the means and purpose for which the compound of the present invention is being applied. Solvents are generally selected based on solvents recognized by persons skilled in the art as safe (GRAS) to be administered to a mammal.
  • GRAS solvents recognized by persons skilled in the art as safe
  • safe solvents are non-toxic aqueous solvents such as water and other non-toxic solvents that are soluble or miscible in water.
  • Suitable aqueous solvents include water, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols (e.g., PEG400, PEG300), etc. and mixtures thereof.
  • the formulations may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • buffers stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • the formulations may be prepared using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures.
  • the bulk drug substance i.e., compound of the present invention or stabilized form of the compound (e.g., complex with a cyclodextrin derivative or other known complexation agent)
  • a suitable solvent in the presence of one or more of the excipients described above.
  • the compound of the present invention is typically formulated into pharmaceutical dosage forms to provide an easily controllable dosage of the drug and to give the patient an elegant and easily handleable product.
  • the pharmaceutical composition (or formulation) for application may be packaged in a variety of ways depending upon the method used for administering the drug.
  • an article for distribution includes a container having deposited therein the pharmaceutical formulation in an appropriate form.
  • Suitable containers are well-known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as bottles (plastic and glass), sachets, ampoules, plastic bags, metal cylinders, and the like.
  • the container may also include a tamper-proof assemblage to prevent indiscreet access to the contents of the package.
  • the container has deposited thereon a label that describes the contents of the container. The label may also include appropriate warnings.
  • the present invention further provides a method of treating diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists in an animal that includes administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier.
  • the method is particularly useful for treating diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor (in particular, CB1 receptor) antagonists.
  • eating disorders e.g., binge eating disorder, anorexia, and bulimia
  • weight loss or control e.g., reduction in calorie or food intake, and/or appetite suppression
  • obesity depression, atypical depression, bipolar disorders, psychoses, schizophrenia, behavioral addictions, suppression of reward-related behaviors (e.g., conditioned place avoidance, such as suppression of cocaine- and morphine-induced conditioned place preference)
  • substance abuse e.g., alcohol abuse, addiction and/or dependence including treatment for abstinence, craving reduction and relapse prevention of alcohol intake
  • tobacco abuse e.g., smoking addiction, cessation and/or dependence including treatment for craving reduction and relapse prevention of tobacco smoking
  • dementia including memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, dementia of aging, vascular dementia, mild cognitive impairment, age-related cognitive decline, and mild neurocognitive disorder
  • sexual dysfunction in
  • the compounds of the present invention described herein are useful in treating diseases, conditions, or disorders that are modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists. Consequently, the compounds of the present invention (including the compositions and processes used therein) may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeutic applications described herein.
  • disorders associated with impulsive behaviours such as, disruptive behaviour disorders (e.g., anxiety/depression, executive function improvement, tic disorders, conduct disorder and/or oppositional defiant disorder), adult personality disorders (e.g., borderline personality disorder and antisocial personality disorder), diseases associated with impulsive behaviours (e.g., substance abuse, paraphilias and self-mutilation), and impulse control disorders (e.g., intermittene explosive disorder, kleptomania, pyromania, pathological gambling, and trichotillomania)), obsessive compulsive disorder, chronic fatigue syndrome, sexual dysfunction in males (e.g., premature ejaculation), sexual dysfunction in females, disorders of sleep (
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered to a patient at dosage levels in the range of from about 0.7 mg to about 7,000 mg per day.
  • dosage levels in the range of from about 0.7 mg to about 7,000 mg per day.
  • a dosage in the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram body weight is typically sufficient.
  • some variability in the general dosage range may be required depending upon the age and weight of the subject being treated, the intended route of administration, the particular compound being administered and the like.
  • the determination of dosage ranges and optimal dosages for a particular patient is well within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art having the benefit of the instant disclosure.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used in sustained release, controlled release, and delayed release formulations, which forms are also well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical agents include anti-obesity agents such as apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, 11 ⁇ -hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 (11 ⁇ -HSD type 1) inhibitors, peptide YY 3-36 or analogs thereof, MCR-4 agonists, cholecystokinin-A (CCK-A) agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors (such as sibutramine), sympathomimetic agents, ⁇ 3 adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine agonists (such as bromocriptine), melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, 5HT2c agonists, me
  • anti-obesity agents such as apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, 11 ⁇ -hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 (11 ⁇ -HSD type 1)
  • anorectic agents such as a bombesin agonist
  • Neuropeptide-Y antagonists such as a bombesin agonist
  • thyromimetic agents such as a bombesin agonist
  • dehydroepiandrosterone or an analog thereof such as glucocorticoid receptor agonists or antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, ciliary neurotrophic factors (such as AxokineTM available from Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Tarrytown, N.Y. and Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio), human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), ghrelin receptor antagonists, histamine 3 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists, neuromedin U receptor agonists and the like.
  • Other anti-obesity agents including the preferred agents set forth hereinbelow, are well known, or will be readily apparent in light of the instant disclosure, to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • anti-obesity agents selected from the group consisting of orlistat, sibutramine, bromocriptine, ephedrine, leptin, pseudoephedrine and peptide YY 3-36 or an analog thereof.
  • compounds of the present invention and combination therapies are administered in conjunction with exercise and a sensible diet.
  • anti-obesity agents for use in the combinations, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of the invention can be prepared using methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, sibutramine can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,929,629; bromocriptine can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,752,814 and 3,752,888; orlistat can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,274,143; 5,420,305; 5,540,917; and 5,643,874; and PYY 3-36 (including analogs) can be prepared as described in US Publication No. 2002/0141985 and WO 03/027637. All of the above recited references are incorporated herein by reference.
  • tobacco abuse e.g., nicotine receptor partial agonists, bupropion hypochloride (also known under the tradename ZybanTM) and nicotine replacement therapies
  • agents to treat erectile dysfunction
  • agents for reducing alcohol withdrawal symptoms may also be co-administered, such as benzodiazepines, beta-blockers, clonidine, carbamazepine, pregabalin, and gabapentin (NeurontinTM).
  • Treatment for alcoholism is preferably administered in combination with behavioral therapy including such components as motivational enhancement therapy, cognitive behavioral therapy, and referral to self-help groups, including Alcohol Anonymous (AA).
  • AA Alcohol Anonymous
  • antihypertensive agents COX-2 inhibitors
  • antidepressants e.g., fluoxetine hydrochloride (ProzacTM)
  • cognitive improvement agents e.g., donepezil hydrochloride (AirceptTM) and other acetylcholinesterase inhibitors
  • neuroprotective agents e.g., memantine
  • antipsychotic medications e.g., ziprasidone (GeodonTM), risperidone (RisperdalTM), and olanzapine (ZyprexaTM)
  • insulin and insulin analogs e.g., LysPro insulin
  • GLP-1 (7-37) insulinotropin
  • GLP-1 (7-36)-NH 2 sulfonylureas and analogs thereof: chlorpropamide, glibenclamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, Glypizide®, glimepiride, repaglinide, meglitinide
  • the dosage of the additional pharmaceutical agent will also be generally dependent upon a number of factors including the health of the subject being treated, the extent of treatment desired, the nature and kind of concurrent therapy, if any, and the frequency of treatment and the nature of the effect desired.
  • the dosage range of an anti-obesity agent is in the range of from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the individual per day, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per kilogram body weight of the individual per day.
  • some variability in the general dosage range may also be required depending upon the age and weight of the subject being treated, the intended route of administration, the particular anti-obesity agent being administered and the like.
  • the determination of dosage ranges and optimal dosages for a particular patient is also well within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art having the benefit of the instant disclosure.
  • a compound of the present invention or a combination of a compound of the present invention and at least one additional pharmaceutical agent is administered to a subject in need of such treatment, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the compound of the present invention and at least one other pharmaceutical agent may be administered either separately or in the pharmaceutical composition comprising both. It is generally preferred that such administration be oral. However, if the subject being treated is unable to swallow, or oral administration is otherwise impaired or undesirable, parenteral or transdermal administration may be appropriate.
  • a combination of a compound of the present invention and at least one other pharmaceutical agent when administered together, such administration can be sequential in time or simultaneous with the simultaneous method being generally preferred.
  • a compound of the present invention and the additional pharmaceutical agent can be administered in any order. It is generally preferred that such administration be oral. It is especially preferred that such administration be oral and simultaneous.
  • the administration of each can be by the same or by different methods.
  • a compound of the present invention or a combination of a compound of the present invention and at least one additional pharmaceutical agent is preferably administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a compound of the present invention or a combination can be administered to a patient separately or together in any conventional oral, rectal, transdermal, parenteral, (for example, intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous) intracisternal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, intravesical, local (for example, powder, ointment or drop), or buccal, or nasal, dosage form.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral injection generally include pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions, or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispersing agents. Prevention of microorganism contamination of the compositions can be accomplished with various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of injectable pharmaceutical compositions can be brought about by the use of agents capable of delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, powders, and granules.
  • a compound of the present invention or a combination is admixed with at least one inert customary pharmaceutical excipient (or carrier) such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate or
  • fillers or extenders e.g., starches, lactose, sucrose, mannitol, silicic acid and the like
  • binders e.g., carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, acacia and the like
  • humectants e.g., glycerol and the like
  • disintegrating agents e.g., agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, sodium carbonate and the like
  • solution retarders e.g., paraffin and the like
  • paraffin and the like e.g., paraffin and
  • compositions of a similar type may also be used as fillers in soft or hard filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols, and the like.
  • Solid dosage forms such as tablets, dragees, capsules, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and others well known in the art. They may also contain opacifying agents, and can also be of such composition that they release the compound of the present invention and/or the additional pharmaceutical agent in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used are polymeric substances and waxes. The drug can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage form may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, as for example, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (e.g., cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil, sesame seed oil and the like), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents,
  • composition can also include adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Suspensions in addition to the compound of the present invention or the combination, may further comprise suspending agents, e.g., ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
  • suspending agents e.g., ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration preferably comprise suppositories, which can be prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention or a combination with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers, such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ordinary room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity thereby releasing the active component(s).
  • suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ordinary room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity thereby releasing the active component(s).
  • Dosage forms for topical administration of the compounds of the present invention and combinations of the compounds of the present invention with anti-obesity agents may comprise ointments, powders, sprays and inhalants.
  • the drugs are admixed under sterile condition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required.
  • Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, and solutions are also intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • the following paragraphs describe exemplary formulations, dosages, etc. useful for non-human animals.
  • the administration of the compounds of the present invention and combinations of the compounds of the present invention with anti-obesity agents can be effected orally or non-orally (e.g., by injection).
  • An amount of a compound of the present invention or combination of a compound of the present invention with an anti-obesity agent is administered such that an effective dose is received.
  • a daily dose that is administered orally to an animal is between about 0.01 and about 1,000 mg/kg of body weight, preferably between about 0.01 and about 300 mg/kg of body weight.
  • a compound of the present invention can be carried in the drinking water so that a therapeutic dosage of the compound is ingested with the daily water supply.
  • the compound can be directly metered into drinking water, preferably in the form of a liquid, water-soluble concentrate (such as an aqueous solution of a water-soluble salt).
  • a compound of the present invention can also be added directly to the feed, as such, or in the form of an animal feed supplement, also referred to as a premix or concentrate.
  • a premix or concentrate of the compound in a carrier is more commonly employed for the inclusion of the agent in the feed.
  • Suitable carriers are liquid or solid, as desired, such as water, various meals such as alfalfa meal, soybean meal, cottonseed oil meal, linseed oil meal, corncob meal and corn meal, molasses, urea, bone meal, and mineral mixes such as are commonly employed in poultry feeds.
  • a particularly effective carrier is the respective animal feed itself; that is, a small portion of such feed.
  • the carrier facilitates uniform distribution of the compound in the finished feed with which the premix is blended.
  • the compound is thoroughly blended into the premix and, subsequently, the feed.
  • the compound may be dispersed or dissolved in a suitable oily vehicle such as soybean oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, and the like, or in a volatile organic solvent and then blended with the carrier.
  • a suitable oily vehicle such as soybean oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, and the like
  • the proportions of compound in the concentrate are capable of wide variation since the amount of the compound in the finished feed may be adjusted by blending the appropriate proportion of premix with the feed to obtain a desired level of compound.
  • High potency concentrates may be blended by the feed manufacturer with proteinaceous carrier such as soybean oil meal and other meals, as described above, to produce concentrated supplements, which are suitable for direct feeding to animals. In such instances, the animals are permitted to consume the usual diet. Alternatively, such concentrated supplements may be added directly to the feed to produce a nutritionally balanced, finished feed containing a therapeutically effective level of a compound of the present invention.
  • the mixtures are thoroughly blended by standard procedures, such as in a twin shell blender, to ensure homogeneity.
  • the supplement is used as a top dressing for the feed, it likewise helps to ensure uniformity of distribution of the compound across the top of the dressed feed.
  • Drinking water and feed effective for increasing lean meat deposition and for improving lean meat to fat ratio are generally prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention with a sufficient amount of animal feed to provide from about 10 ⁇ 3 to about 500 ppm of the compound in the feed or water.
  • the preferred medicated swine, cattle, sheep and goat feed generally contain from about 1 to about 400 grams of a compound of the present invention (or combination) per ton of feed, the optimum amount for these animals usually being about 50 to about 300 grams per ton of feed.
  • the preferred poultry and domestic pet feeds usually contain about 1 to about 400 grams and preferably about 10 to about 400 grams of a compound of the present invention (or combination) per ton of feed.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be prepared in the form of a paste or a pellet and administered as an implant, usually under the skin of the head or ear of the animal in which increase in lean meat deposition and improvement in lean meat to fat ratio is sought.
  • parenteral administration involves injection of a sufficient amount of a compound of the present invention (or combination) to provide the animal with about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg/day of body weight of the drug.
  • the preferred dosage for poultry, swine, cattle, sheep, goats and domestic pets is in the range of from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg/day of body weight of drug.
  • Paste formulations can be prepared by dispersing the drug in a pharmaceutically acceptable oil such as peanut oil, sesame oil, corn oil or the like.
  • Pellets containing an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, pharmaceutical composition, or combination can be prepared by admixing a compound of the present invention or combination with a diluent such as carbowax, carnuba wax, and the like, and a lubricant, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, can be added to improve the pelleting process.
  • a diluent such as carbowax, carnuba wax, and the like
  • a lubricant such as magnesium or calcium stearate
  • more than one pellet may be administered to an animal to achieve the desired dose level which will provide the increase in lean meat deposition and improvement in lean meat to fat ratio desired.
  • implants may also be made periodically during the animal treatment period in order to maintain the proper drug level in the animal's body.
  • the present invention has several advantageous veterinary features.
  • the instant invention provides the means by which this may be accomplished.
  • utilization of the method of the present invention yields leaner animals that command higher sale prices from the meat industry.
  • starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals Co. (Milwaukee, Wis.), Lancaster Synthesis, Inc. (Windham, N.H.), Acros Organics (Fairlawn, N.J.), Maybridge Chemical Company, Ltd. (Cornwall, England), Tyger Scientific (Princeton, N.J.), and AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals (London, England).
  • NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian UnityTM 400 (available from Varian Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.) at room temperature at 400 MHz for proton. Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million ( ⁇ ) relative to residual solvent as an internal reference. The peak shapes are denoted as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; bs, broad singlet; 2s, two singlets.
  • Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectra were obtained on a FisonsTM Platform II Spectrometer (carrier gas: acetonitrile: available from Micromass Ltd, Manchester, UK).
  • Chemical ionization mass spectra were obtained on a Hewlett-PackardTM 5989 instrument (ammonia ionization, PBMS: available from Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • Electrospray ionization mass spectra were obtained on a WatersTM ZMD instrument (carrier gas: acetonitrile: available from Waters Corp., Milford, Mass.). Where the intensity of chlorine or bromine-containing ions are described, the expected intensity ratio was observed (approximately 3:1 for 35 Cl/ 37 Cl-containing ions and 1:1 for 79 Br/ 81 Br-containing ions) and the intensity of only the lower mass ion is given.
  • Example 1 provides general procedures for preparing compounds of Formula (I) where L is a carbonyl.
  • hydrochloride salt 1A-152 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.1 1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl)- ethanone hydrochloride salt 1A-153 2-(4-Benzoyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)- 533.1 1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]- ethanone hydrochloride salt 1A-154 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.1 1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-1- yl)-ethanone 1A-155 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chloroph
  • Example 2 illustrates the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) where L is —CR 4 (OR 5 )—, where R 4 and R 5 are both hydrogen.
  • Methyl magnesium bromide (0.1 ml, 0.144 mmol) was added dropwise into the solution of 2-(benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone (61 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 0.5 ml THF at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was then partitioned with ethyl acetate and saturated NH 4 Cl. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 4A-1 as a white waxy solid (24 mg).
  • Example 5 illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention where L is —CR 4 (OR 5 )—, where R 5 and either R 8 or R 9 form an ethylene bridge.
  • Triethyl amine (37 ⁇ l, 0.27 mmol) was added into the solution of 2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholine hydrochloride 5A-2 (75 mg, 0.18 mmol) and cyclohexanone (18 ⁇ l, 0.18 mmol) in 0.5 ml 1,2-dichloroethane. The reaction mixture was then treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (52 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by acetic acid at room temperature. Upon the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was partitioned with ethyl acetate and saturated NaHCO 3 .
  • Example 6 illustrates compounds of the present invention where either R 8 or R 9 is an acyl group or sulfonate group.
  • Example 7 illustrates the preparation of the imidazole derivatives as outlined in Scheme IV above.
  • Trimethylaluminum (2M in toluene, 111.3 ml, 222.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-chloro-phenylamine (20 g, 156.8 mmol) in toluene (700 ml) at 0° C. over a 70 minute period under N 2 .
  • the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3.5 hours.
  • a solution of benzonitrile (32.4 g, 188.1 mmol) in toluene (100 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 85° C. overnight, during which time it became homogeneous.
  • reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and poured over a slurry of silica gel in chloroform/methanol (2:1). After filtration, the residue washed with a mixture of methylene chloride/methanol (2:1). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting yellow solid was triturated with hexanes/ether (2:1). The yellowish solid 2,4-dichloro-N-(4-chloro-phenyl)-benzamidine I-7a (34.15 g, 73%) was used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • Aqueous HBr (0.98 ml of a 48% solution) was added to a solution of 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7f (1.60 g, 4.38 mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml). Bromine (0.226 ml, 4.38 mmol) was added next to the reaction mixture in a dropwise manner. The resultant orange solution was stirred at 23° C. for 1 h before warming to 40° C. for 40 min and then cooling to 23° C. for 60 h.
  • reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of ice and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 200-ml portions). The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 ml) and were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2-bromo-1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7g (1.03 g, 53%).
  • Morpholine (0.04 ml, 0.426 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-bromo-1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7g (63 mg, 0.142 mmol) in THF (3 ml).
  • the resultant solution was stirred at 23° C. for 12 hours, diluted with 50 ml methyl tert-butyl ether, and washed with 25 ml water. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • PBS phosphate-buffered saline
  • EGTA ethylene glycol-bis( ⁇ -aminoethyl ether) N,N,N′,N′-tetraacetic acid
  • the following assays were designed to detect compounds that inhibit the binding of [ 3 H] SR141716A (selective radiolabeled CB-1 ligand) and [ 3 H] 5-(1,1-dimethylheptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol; radiolabeled CB-1/CB-2 ligand) to their respective receptors.
  • test compounds were diluted in drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO and TME) and then 25 ⁇ l were added to a deep well polypropylene plate.
  • [ 3 H] SR141716A was diluted in a ligand buffer (0.5% BSA plus TME) and 25 ⁇ l were added to the plate.
  • a BCA protein assay was used to determine the appropriate tissue concentration and then 200 ⁇ l of rat brain tissue at the appropriate concentration was added to the plate.
  • the plates were covered and placed in an incubator at 20° C. for 60 minutes. At the end of the incubation period 250 ⁇ l of stop buffer (5% BSA plus TME) was added to the reaction plate.
  • the plates were then harvested by Skatron onto GF/B filtermats presoaked in BSA (5 mg/ml) plus TME. Each filter washed twice. The filters were dried overnight. In the morning the filters were counted on a Wallac BetaplateTM counter (available from PerkinElmer Life SciencesTM, Boston, Mass.).
  • a protein assay was performed and 200 ⁇ l of tissue totaling 20 ⁇ g was added to the assay.
  • test compounds were diluted in drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO and TME) and then 25 ⁇ l were added to a deep well polypropylene plate.
  • [ 3 H] SR141716A was diluted in a ligand buffer (0.5% BSA plus TME) and 25 ⁇ l were added to the plate.
  • the plates were covered and placed in an incubator at 30° C. for 60 minutes. At the end of the incubation period 250 ⁇ l of stop buffer (5% BSA plus TME) was added to the reaction plate.
  • the plates were then harvested by Skatron onto GF/B filtermats presoaked in BSA (5 mg/ml) plus TME. Each filter washed twice. The filters were dried overnight. In the morning the filters were counted on a Wallac BetaplateTM counter (available from PerkinElmer Life SciencesTM, Boston, Mass.).
  • Example 5A-6 An activity range from 0.1 to 100 nanomolar was observed for the compounds listed in Examples 1 through 7. As a specific example, a binding affinity of 79 nanomolar was observed for the compound of Example 5A-6.
  • Example 5A-6 was chosen for illustrative purposes only and does not imply that the compound of Example 5A-6 is a preferred compound.
  • test compounds were diluted in drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO, and 80.5% TME) and then 25 ⁇ l were added to the deep well polypropylene plate.
  • drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO, and 80.5% TME)
  • 25 ⁇ l were added to the deep well polypropylene plate.
  • [ 3 H] 5-(1,1-Dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol was diluted a ligand buffer (0.5% BSA and 99.5% TME) and then 25 ⁇ l were added to each well at a concentration of 1 nM.
  • a BCA protein assay was used to determine the appropriate tissue concentration and 200 ⁇ l of the tissue at the appropriate concentration was added to the plate.
  • the plates were covered and placed in an incubator at 30° C. for 60 minutes.
  • stop buffer 5% BSA plus TME
  • the plates were then harvested by Skatron format onto GF/B filtermats presoaked in BSA (5 mg/ml) plus TME. Each filter washed twice. The filters were dried overnight. The filters were then counted on the Wallac BetaplateTM counter.
  • Membranes were prepared from CHO-K1 cells stably transfected with the human CB-1 receptor cDNA. Membranes were prepared from cells as described by Bass et al, in “Identification and characterization of novel somatostatin antagonists,” Molecular Pharmacology, 50, 709-715 (1996).
  • GTP ⁇ [ 35 S] binding assays were performed in a 96 well FlashPlateTM format in duplicate using 100 pM GTP ⁇ [ 35 S] and 10 ⁇ g membrane per well in assay buffer composed of 50 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.4, 3 mM MgCl 2 , pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 20 mM EGTA, 100 mM NaCl, 30 ⁇ M GDP, 0.1% bovine serum albumin and the following protease inhibitors: 100 ⁇ g/ml bacitracin, 100 ⁇ g/ml benzamidine, 5 ⁇ g/ml aprotinin, 5 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin.
  • the assay mix was then incubated with increasing concentrations of antagonist (10 ⁇ 10 M to 10 ⁇ 5 M) for 10 minutes and challenged with the cannabinoid agonist 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol (10 ⁇ M). Assays were performed at 30° C. for one hour. The FlashPlatesTM were then centrifuged at 2000 ⁇ g for 10 minutes. Stimulation of GTP ⁇ [ 35 S] binding was then quantified using a Wallac Microbeta.EC 50 calculations done using PrismTM by Graphpad.
  • Inverse agonism was measured in the absence of agonist.
  • CHO-K1 cells co-transfected with the human CB-1 receptor cDNA obtained from Dr. Debra Kendall, University of Connecticut
  • the promiscuous G-protein G16 were used for this assay.
  • Cells were plated 48 hours in advance at 12500 cells per well on collagen coated 384 well black clear assay plates. Cells were incubated for one hour with 4 ⁇ M Fluo-4 ⁇ M (Molecular Probes) in DMEM (Gibco) containing 2.5 mM probenicid and pluronic acid (0.04%). The plates were then washed 3 times with HEPES-buffered saline (containing probenicid; 2.5 mM) to remove excess dye.
  • HEPES-buffered saline containing probenicid; 2.5 mM
  • Cells were plated into a 96-well plate at a plating density of 10,000-14,000 cells per well at a concentration of 100 ⁇ l per well. The plates were incubated for 24 hours in a 37° C. incubator. The media was removed and media lacking serum (100 ⁇ l) was added. The plates were then incubated for 18 hours at 37° C.
  • Serum free medium containing 1 mM IBMX was added to each well followed by 1011 of test compound (1:10 stock solution (25 mM compound in DMSO) into 50% DMSO/PBS) diluted 10 ⁇ in PBS with 0.1% BSA. After incubating for 20 minutes at 37° C., 2 ⁇ M of Forskolin was added and then incubated for an additional 20 minutes at 37° C. The media was removed, 100 ⁇ l of 0.01N HCl was added and then incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature. Cell lysate (75 ⁇ l) along with 25 ⁇ l of assay buffer (supplied in FlashPlateTM cAMP assay kit available from NEN Life Science Products Boston, Mass.) into a Flashplate. cAMP standards and cAMP tracer were added following the kit's protocol. The flashplate was then incubated for 18 hours at 4° C. The content of the wells were aspirated and counted in a Scintillation counter.
  • Cannabinoid agonists such as ⁇ 9 -tetrahydrocannabinol ( ⁇ 9 -THC) and 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol have been shown to affect four characteristic behaviors in mice, collectively known as the Tetrad.
  • Tetrad mice
  • test compound sc, po, ip, or icv
  • test compound sc, po, ip or icv
  • the data were presented as a percent immobility rating. The rating was calculated by dividing the number of seconds the mouse remains motionless by the total time of the observation period and multiplying the result by 100. A percent reversal from the agonist was then calculated.
  • the following screen was used to evaluate the efficacy of test compounds for inhibiting food intake in Sprague-Dawley rats after an overnight fast.
  • mice Male Sprague-Dawley rats were obtained from Charles River Laboratories, Inc. (Wilmington, Mass.). The rats were individually housed and fed powdered chow. They were maintained on a 12 hour light/dark cycle and received food and water ad libitum. The animals were acclimated to the vivarium for a period of one week before testing was conducted. Testing was completed during the light portion of the cycle.
  • rats were transferred to individual test cages without food the afternoon prior to testing, and the rats were fasted overnight. After the overnight fast, rats were dosed the following morning with vehicle or test compounds.
  • a known antagonist was dosed (3 mg/kg) as a positive control, and a control group received vehicle alone (no compound).
  • the test compounds were dosed at ranges between 0.1 and 100 mg/kg depending upon the compound.
  • the standard vehicle was 0.5% (w/v) methylcellulose in water and the standard route of administration was oral. However, different vehicles and routes of administration were used to accommodate various compounds when required.
  • Food was provided to the rats 30 minutes after dosing and the Oxymax automated food intake system (Columbus Instruments, Columbus, Ohio) was started.
  • mice were individually housed and given unlimited access to powdered rat chow, water and a 10% (w/v) alcohol solution. After 2-3 weeks of unlimited access, water was restricted for 20 hours and alcohol was restricted to only 2 hours access daily. This was done in a manner that the access period was the last 2 hours of the dark part of the light cycle.
  • mice were considered stable when the average alcohol consumption for 3 days was ⁇ 20% of the average for all 3 days.
  • day 2 and 3 mice were injected with vehicle or drug and the same protocol as the previous day was followed. Day 4 wash out and no injections were given. Data was analyzed using repeated measures ANOVA. Change in water or alcohol consumption was compared back to vehicle for each day of the test. Positive results would be interpreted as a compound that was able to significantly reduce alcohol consumption while having no effect on water
  • the chambers are opened and the animals are administered a single dose of compound (the usual dose range is 0.001 to 10 mg/kg) by oral gavage (or other route of administration as specified, i.e. s.c., i.p., i.v.).
  • Drugs are prepared in methylcellulose, water or other specified vehicle (examples include PEG400, 30% beta-cyclo dextran and propylene glycol). Oxygen consumption and ambulatory activity are measured every 10 minutes for an additional 1-6 hours post-dosing.
  • the Oxymax calorimeter software calculates the oxygen consumption (ml/kg/h) based on the flow rate of air through the chambers and difference in oxygen content at inlet and output ports.
  • the activity monitors have 15 infrared light beams spaced one inch apart on each axis, ambulatory activity is recorded when two consecutive beams are broken and the results are recorded as counts.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of Formula (I) that act as cannabinoid receptor ligands and their uses in the treatment diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists in animals are described herein.
Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00001

Description

  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/432,911 filed on Dec. 12, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to pyrazole and imidazole compounds, which are useful as cannabinoid receptor ligands, in particular as CB-1 receptor antagonists. As a result, the present invention also relates to the use of the compounds in treating diseases, conditions and disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor ligands including pharmaceutical compositions for such use.
    • BACKGROUND
  • Obesity is a major public health concern because of its increasing prevalence and associated health risks. Obesity and overweight are generally defined by body mass index (BMI), which is correlated with total body fat and estimates the relative risk of disease. BMI is calculated by weight in kilograms divided by height in meters squared (kg/m2). Overweight is typically defined as a BMI of 25-29.9 kg/m2, and obesity is typically defined as a BMI of 30 kg/m2. See, e.g., National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, Clinical Guidelines on the Identification, Evaluation, and Treatment of Overweight and Obesity in Adults, The Evidence Report, Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH publication no. 984083 (1998).
  • The increase in obesity is of concern because of the excessive health risks associated with obesity, including coronary heart disease, strokes, hypertension, type 2 diabetes mellitus, dyslipidemia, sleep apnea, osteoarthritis, gall bladder disease, depression, and certain forms of cancer (e.g., endometrial, breast, prostate, and colon). The negative health consequences of obesity make it the second leading cause of preventable death in the United States and impart a significant economic and psychosocial effect on society. See, McGinnis M, Foege W H., “Actual Causes of Death in the United States,” JAMA, 270, 2207-12 (1993).
  • Obesity is now recognized as a chronic disease that requires treatment to reduce its associated health risks. Although weight loss is an important treatment outcome, one of the main goals of obesity management is to improve cardiovascular and metabolic values to reduce obesity-related morbidity and mortality. It has been shown that 5-10% loss of body weight can substantially improve metabolic values, such as blood glucose, blood pressure, and lipid concentrations. Hence, it is believed that a 5-10% intentional reduction in body weight may reduce morbidity and mortality.
  • Currently available prescription drugs for managing obesity generally reduce weight by inducing satiety or decreasing dietary fat absorption. Satiety is achieved by increasing synaptic levels of norepinephrine, serotonin, or both. For example, stimulation of serotonin receptor subtypes 1B, 1D, and 2C and 1- and 2-adrenergic receptors decreases food intake by regulating satiety. See, Bray G A, “The New Era of Drug Treatment. Pharmacologic Treatment of Obesity: Symposium Overview,” Obes Res., 3(suppl 4), 415s-7s (1995). Adrenergic agents (e.g., diethylpropion, benzphetamine, phendimetrazine, mazindol, and phentermine) act by modulating central norepinephrine and dopamine receptors through the promotion of catecholamine release. Older adrenergic weight-loss drugs (e.g., amphetamine, methamphetamine, and phenmetrazine), which strongly engage in dopamine pathways, are no longer recommended because of the risk of their abuse. Fenfluramine and dexfenfluramine, both serotonergic agents used to regulate appetite, are no longer available for use.
  • More recently, CB1 cannabinoid receptor antagonists/inverse agonists have been suggested as potential appetite suppressants. See, e.g., Arnone, M., et al., “Selective Inhibition of Sucrose and Ethanol Intake by SR141716, an Antagonist of Central Cannabinoid (CB1) Receptors,”Psychopharmacol, 132, 104-106 (1997); Colombo, G., et al., “Appetite Suppression and Weight Loss after the Cannabinoid Antagonist SR141716,”Life Sci., 63, PL113-PL117 (1998); Simiand, J., et al., “SR141716, a CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor Antagonist, Selectively Reduces Sweet Food Intake in Marmose,” Behav. Pharmacol., 9, 179-181 (1998); and Chaperon, F., et al., “Involvement of Central Cannabinoid (CB1) Receptors in the Establishment of Place Conditioning in Rats,” Psychopharmacology, 135, 324-332 (1998). For a review of cannabinoid CB1 and CB2 receptor modulators, see Pertwee, R. G., “Cannabinoid Receptor Ligands: Clinical and Neuropharmacological Considerations, Relevant to Future Drug Discovery and Development,” Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs, 9(7), 1553-1571 (2000).
  • Although investigations are on-going, there still exists a need for a more effective and safe therapeutic treatment for reducing or preventing weight-gain.
  • In addition to obesity, there also exists an unmet need for treatment of alcohol abuse. Alcoholism affects approximately 10.9 million men and 4.4 million women in the United States. Approximately 100,000 deaths per year have been attributed to alcohol abuse or dependence. Health risks associated with alcoholism include impaired motor control and decision making, cancer, liver disease, birth defects, heart disease, drug/drug interactions, pancreatitis and interpersonal problems. Studies have suggested that endogenous cannabinoid tone plays a critical role in the control of ethanol intake. The endogenous CB1 receptor antagonist SR-141716A has been shown to block voluntary ethanol intake in rats and mice. See, Arnone, M., et al., “Selective Inhibition of Sucrose and Ethanol Intake by SR141716, an Antagonist of Central Cannabinoid (CB1) Receptors,” Psychopharmacol, 132, 104-106 (1997). For a review, see Hungund, B. L and B. S. Basavarajappa, “Are Anadamide and Cannabinoid Receptors involved in Ethanol Tolerance? A Review of the Evidence,” Alcohol & Alcoholism. 35(2) 126-133, 2000.
  • Current treatments for alcohol abuse or dependence generally suffer from non-compliance or potential hepatotoxicity; therefore, there is a high unmet need for more effective treatment of alcohol abuse/dependence.
    • SUMMARY
  • The present invention provides compounds of Formula (I) that act as cannabinoid receptor ligands (preferably, CB1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists).
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00002
    wherein
  • X is carbon and Y is nitrogen or X is nitrogen and Y is carbon;
  • R1 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, halogen, or cyano;
  • R2 and R3 are each independently (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • L is —C(O)— or —C(R4)(OR5)—, where R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl and R5 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, or taken together with R8 or R9 is —CH2CH2— or —CH2C(O)—;
  • R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
  • R8 and R9 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(CH2)mR10, —SO2(CH2)nR10, or —(CH2)pR10, where m and n are 0, 1, or 2, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and R10 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-C8)alkyl, a partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and a partially or fully saturated heterocycle, where the (C1-C8)alkyl, the cycloalkyl, the aryl, the heteroaryl and the heterocycle are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below); or
  • R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 4- to 8-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • In a preferred embodiment, a compound of Formula (IA) is provided.
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00003
    wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl);
  • R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
  • R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula IA include: 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone; N-(1-{2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-acetamide; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-trifluoroacetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone; 1-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanone; 1-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[1,4]oxazepan-4-yl-ethanone; and 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-8-yl)-ethanone; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug
  • In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, compounds of Formula (IB) are provided.
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00004
    wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl);
  • R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R5 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
  • R8 and R9 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(CH2)mR10, —SO2(CH2)nR10, or —(CH2)pR10, where m and n are 0, 1, or 2, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and R10 is selected from the group consisting of a (C1-C8)alkyl, a partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and a partially or fully saturated heterocycle, where the (C1-C8)alkyl, the cycloalkyl, the aryl, the heteroaryl and the heterocycle are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below), or
  • R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula IB include: 2-(benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol; 1-{2-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol; 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanol; and 1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanol; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment of the present invention, compounds of Formula (IC) are provided.
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00005
    wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl);
  • R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
  • R9 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(CH2)mR11, —SO2(CH2)nR10, or —(CH2)pR10, where m and n are 0, 1, or 2, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and R10 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-C8)alkyl, a partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and a partially or fully saturated heterocycle, where the (C1-C8)alkyl, the cycloalkyl, the aryl, the heteroaryl and the heterocycle are optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula (IC) include: 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-cyclohexyl-morpholine; 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(propane-2-sulfonyl)-morpholine; 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-morpholine; 1-{2-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholin-4-yl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one; and 2-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-morpholine; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate or hydrate of the compound or the salt.
  • In yet another embodiment of the present invention, a compound of Formula (ID) is provided.
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00006
    wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where the aryl and the heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one to three substituents (preferably, n is 0, R2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluorophenyl);
  • R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
  • R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents (see list of substituents in the definition section below);
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of the compound or the salt, or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, the salt or the prodrug.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (ID) include: 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone and 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a or a solvate or hydrate of the compound, or the salt.
  • Some of the compounds described herein contain at least one chiral center; consequently, those skilled in the art will appreciate that all stereoisomers (e.g., enantiomers and diastereoisomers) of the compounds illustrated and discussed herein are within the scope of the present invention. In addition, tautomeric forms of the compounds are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, a pharmaceutical composition is provided that comprises (1) a compound of the present invention, and (2) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier.
  • In yet another embodiment of the present invention, a method for treating a disease, condition or disorder modulated by a cannabinoid receptor (preferably, a CB1 receptor) antagonists in animals that includes the step of administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention (or a pharmaceutical composition thereof). Diseases, conditions, and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists include eating disorders (e.g., binge eating disorder, anorexia, and bulimia), weight loss or control (e.g., reduction in calorie or food intake, and/or appetite suppression), obesity, depression, atypical depression, bipolar disorders, psychoses, schizophrenia, behavioral addictions, suppression of reward-related behaviors (e.g., conditioned place avoidance, such as suppression of cocaine- and morphine-induced conditioned place preference), substance abuse, addictive disorders, impulsivity, alcoholism (e.g., alcohol abuse, addiction and/or dependence including treatment for abstinence, craving reduction and relapse prevention of alcohol intake), tobacco abuse (e.g., smoking addiction, cessation and/or dependence including treatment for craving reduction and relapse prevention of tobacco smoking), dementia (including memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, dementia of aging, vascular dementia, mild cognitive impairment, age-related cognitive decline, and mild neurocognitive disorder), sexual dysfunction in males (e.g., erectile difficulty), seizure disorders, epilepsy, gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., dysfunction of gastrointestinal motility or intestinal propulsion), attention deficit disorder (ADD/ADHD), Parkinson's disease, and type II diabetes. In a preferred embodiment, the method is used in the treatment of weight loss, obesity, bulimia, ADD/ADHD, alcoholism, and/or tobacco abuse.
  • Compounds of the present invention may be administered in combination with other pharmaceutical agents. Preferred pharmaceutical agents include nicotine receptor partial agonists, opioid antagonists (e.g., naltrexone (including naltrexone depot), antabuse, and nalmefene), dopaminergic agents (e.g., apomorphine), ADD/ADHD agents (e.g., methylphenidate hydrochloride (e.g., Ritalin™ and Concerta™), atomoxetine (e.g., Strattera™), and amphetamines (e.g., Adderall™)) and anti-obesity agents, such as apo-B/MTP inhibitors, 11β-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 (11β-HSD type 1) inhibitors, peptide YY3-36 or analogs thereof, MCR-4 agonists, CCK-A agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, sympathomimetic agents, β3 adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, 5-HT2c receptor agonists, melanin concentrating hormone receptor antagonists, leptin, leptin analogs, leptin receptor agonists, galanin receptor antagonists, lipase inhibitors, bombesin receptor agonists, neuropeptide-Y receptor antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone or analogs thereof, glucocorticoid receptor antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, ciliary neurotrophic factors, human agouti-related protein antagonists, ghrelin receptor antagonists, histamine 3 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists, and neuromedin U receptor agonists, and the like.
  • The combination therapy may be administered as (a) a single pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the present invention, at least one additional pharmaceutical agent described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier; or (b) two separate pharmaceutical compositions comprising (i) a first composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier, and (ii) a second composition comprising at least one additional pharmaceutical agent described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered simultaneously or sequentially and in any order.
  • In yet another aspect of the present invention, a pharmaceutical kit is provided for use by a consumer to treat diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists in an animal. The kit comprises a) a suitable dosage form comprising a compound of the present invention; and b) instructions describing a method of using the dosage form to treat diseases linked to the modulation of the cannabinoid receptor (preferably, the CB1 receptor).
  • In yet another embodiment of the present invention is a pharmaceutical kit comprising: a) a first dosage form comprising (i) a compound of the present invention and (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent; b) a second dosage form comprising (i) an additional pharmaceutical agent described above, and (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent; and c) a container.
    • Definitions
  • As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a hydrocarbon radical of the general formula CnH2n+1. The alkane radical may be straight or branched. For example, the term “(C1-C6)alkyl” refers to a monovalent, straight, or branched aliphatic group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, neopentyl, 3,3-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, and the like). The alkane radical may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (generally, one to three substituents except in the case of halogen substituents such as perchloro or perfluoroalkyls) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.” For example, “halo-substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms (e.g., fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, perfluoroethyl, and the like). Similarly, the alkyl portion of an alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, and alkylthio group has the same definition as above.
  • The terms “partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring” (also referred to as “partially or fully saturated cycloalkyl”) refers to nonaromatic rings that are either partially or fully hydrogenated and may exist as a single ring, bicyclic ring or a spiro-fused ring. For example, partially or fully saturated carbocyclic rings (or cycloalkyl) include groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclpentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornyl (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl), norbornenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, and the like. Generally, the carbocyclic ring is a 3 to 8 membered ring. In addition, the partially saturated or fully saturated cycloalkyl may be optionally substituted with one of more substituents (typically, one to three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.” A substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring includes groups wherein the carbocyclic ring is fused to a phenyl ring (e.g., indanyl, etc.) or a heteroaryl ring. The carbocyclic group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the carbon atoms within the carbocyclic ring system.
  • The term “partially saturated or fully saturated heterocyclic ring” (also referred to as “heterocycle”) refers to nonaromatic rings that are either partially or fully hydrogenated and may exist as a single ring, bicyclic ring or a spiro-fused ring. Partially saturated or fully saturated heterocyclic rings include groups such as epoxy, aziridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, N-methylpyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, 2H-chromenyl, oxazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothienyl 1,1-dioxide, and the like. Generally, the heterocycle is 3 to 8 membered ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. In addition, the partially saturated or fully saturated heterocyclic groups may be optionally substituted with one of more substituents (typically, one to three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.” A substituted heterocyclic ring includes groups wherein the heterocyclic ring is fused to a phenyl ring (e.g., 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothiophenyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothiazolyl, etc.) or a heteroaryl ring. The heterocyclic group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the atoms within the heterocyclic ring system.
  • The term “alkenyl” refers to a hydrocarbon containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. As described above for alkyl, the alkene radical may be straight or branched and the alkene radical may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (typically, one to three substituents except for perhalo substitutions) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.” The term “alkene” also includes all diastereoisomers (e.g., cis and trans isomers).
  • The term “aryl” or “aromatic carbocyclic ring” refers to aromatic moieties having single (e.g., phenyl) or fused ring system (e.g., naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, etc.). Unless indicated otherwise, the aryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (preferably no more than three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.” Substituted aryl groups include a chain of aromatic moieties (e.g., biphenyl, terphenyl, phenylnaphthalyl, etc.) The aryl group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the carbon atoms within the aromatic ring system. Preferred aryl substituents are halogens (F, Cl, Br or I, preferably F or Cl), (C1-C4)alkoxy, (C1-C4)alkyl, halo-substituted(C1-C4)alkyl (e.g., CH2F, CHF2 and CF3) and cyano. Similarly, the aryl portion (i.e., aromatic moiety) of an aroyl or aroyloxy (i.e., (aryl)-C(O)—O—) has the same definition as above.
  • The term “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic ring” refers to aromatic moieties containing at least one heteratom (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen or combinations thereof) within the aromatic ring system (e.g., pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, thienyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, thiazolyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, etc.). The heteroaromatic moiety may consist of a single or fused ring system. A typical single heteroaryl ring is a 5- to 6-membered ring containing one to three heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen and a typical fused heteroaryl ring system is a 9- to 10-membered ring system containing one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. Unless specified otherwise, the heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents (preferably no more than three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.” The heteroaryl group may be attached to the chemical entity or moiety by any one of the atoms within the aromatic ring system (e.g., imidazol-1-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, imidazol-5-yl, pyrid-2-yl, pyrid-3-yl, pyrid-4-yl, pyrid-5-yl, or pyrid-6-yl). Similarly, the heteroaryl portion (i.e., heteroaromatic moiety) of a heteroaroyl or heteroaroyloxy (i.e., (heteroaryl)-C(O)—O—) has the same definition as above.
  • The term “acyl” refers to alkyl, partially saturated or fully saturated cycloalkyl, partially saturated or fully saturated heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl substituted carbonyl groups. For example, acyl includes groups such as (C1-C6)alkanoyl (e.g., formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, valeryl, caproyl, t-butylacetyl, etc.), (C3-C6)cycloalkylcarbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, etc.), heterocyclic carbonyl (e.g., pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, pyrrolid-2-one-5-carbonyl, piperidinylcarbonyl, piperazinylcarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranylcarbonyl, etc.), aroyl (e.g., benzoyl) and heteroaroyl (e.g., thiophenyl-2-carbonyl, thiophenyl-3-carbonyl, furanyl-2-carbonyl, furanyl-3-carbonyl, 1H-pyrroyl-2-carbonyl, 1H-pyrroyl-3-carbonyl, benzo[b]thiophenyl-2-carbonyl, etc.). In addition, the alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl and heteroaryl portion of the acyl group may be any one of the groups described in the respective definitions above. Unless indicated otherwise, the acyl group may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one of more substituents (typically, one to three substituents) selected from the group of substituents listed below in the definition for “substituted.”
  • The term “substituted” specifically envisions and allows for substitutions that are common in the art. However, it is generally understood by those skilled in the art that the substituents should be selected so as to not adversely affect the pharmacological characteristics of the compound or adversely interfere with the use of the medicament. Those skilled in the art will also appreciate that some substitutions may be inherently unstable and therefore do not form a part of this invention. Suitable substituents for any of the groups defined above include (C1-C6)alkyl, partially or fully saturated (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, partially or fully saturated 3- to 6-membered heterocycle, halo (e.g., chloro, bromo, iodo and fluoro), cyano, hydroxy, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl (mercapto), (C1-C6)alkylthio, arylthio, amino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl amino, quaternary ammonium salts, amino(C1-C6)alkoxy, aminocarboxylate (i.e., —NH—C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl), N—(C1-C6)alkylaminocarboxylate, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkylamino, amino(C1-C6)alkylthio, cyanoamino, formamido, acylamino (e.g., acetamido and benzamido), N—(C1-C6)alkyl-acylamino (e.g., N-methylacetamido), nitro, (C1-C6)carbamyl, keto (oxo), acyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, (C1-C6)carboxy, glycolyl, glycyl, hydrazino, guanyl, sulfamyl, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, thio(C1-C6)carbonyl, thio(C1-C6)carboxy, and combinations thereof. In the case of substituted combinations, such as “substituted aryl(C1-C6)alkyl”, either the aryl or the alkyl group may be substituted, or both the aryl and the alkyl groups may be substituted with one or more substituents (typically, one to three substituents except in the case of perhalo substitutions). An aryl substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group may be a fused ring (e.g., indanyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydroindolyl, etc.). A cycloalkyl substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group may be a spiro-fused ring.
  • The term “solvate” refers to a molecular complex of a compound of the present invention with one or more solvent molecules. Such solvent molecules are those commonly used in the pharmaceutical art, which are known to be innocuous to the recipient, e.g., water, ethanol, and the like. The term “hydrate” refers to the complex where the solvent molecule is water.
  • The term “protecting group” or “Pg” refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functionality while reacting other functional groups on the compound. For example, an “amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound. Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Similarly, a “hydroxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality. Suitable protecting groups include acetyl and silyl. A “carboxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality. Common carboxy-protecting groups include —CH2CH2SO2Ph, cyanoethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfenyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenylphosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl and the like. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
  • The phrase “therapeutically effective amount” means an amount of a compound of the present invention that (i) treats or prevents the particular disease, condition, or disorder, (ii) attenuates, ameliorates, or eliminates one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder, or (iii) prevents or delays the onset of one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder described herein.
  • The term “animal” refers to humans (male and female), companion animals (e.g., dogs, cats and horses), food-source animals, zoo animals, marine animals, birds and other similar animal species. “Edible animals” refers to food-source animals such as cows, pigs, sheep and poultry.
  • The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” indicates that the substance or composition must be compatible chemically and/or toxicologically, with the other ingredients comprising a formulation, and/or the mammal being treated therewith.
  • The phrase “modulated by a cannabinoid receptor” or “modulation of a cannabinoid receptor” refers to the activation or deactivation of cannabinoid receptors. For example, the ligand (i.e., compound of the present invention) may act as an agonist, partial agonist, inverse agonist, antagonist, partial antagonist, and the like.
  • The term “antagonist” refers to both full and partial antagonists as well as inverse agonists.
  • The terms “treating”, “treat”, or “treatment” embrace both preventative, i.e., prophylactic, and palliative treatment.
  • The term “compounds of the present invention” (unless specifically identified otherwise) refer to compounds of Formula (I), (IA), (IB), (IC), (ID) prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, and/or prodrugs, and hydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs, as well as, all stereoisomers (including diastereoisomers and enantiomers), tautomers and isotopically labeled compounds.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Compounds of the present invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well-known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. The starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wis.) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis, v. 1-19, Wiley, New York (1967-1999 ed.), or Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie, 4, Aufl. ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, including supplements (also available via the Beilstein online database)).
  • For illustrative purposes, the reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates. For a more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the Examples section below. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the inventive compounds. Although specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional chemistry well known to those skilled in the art.
  • In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-Pg) include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
  • Scheme I illustrates an efficient method for preparing compounds of Formula (I) where L is a carbonyl group or compounds of Formula (IA).
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00007
  • Ester I(a) where R2 and R3 are aryl groups may be prepared using analogous procedures described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,944,790, 5,051,518, 5,134,142, and 5,624,941, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, or esterification of the corresponding carboxylic acid prepared by analogous procedures described in Bischler, Chemische Berichte, 26, 1881-1890 (1893). Other 1,5-disubstituted aryl and heteroaryl pyrazole ester derivatives may be prepared using analogous procedures.
  • The amide I(b) is then prepared from the ester I(a) by reacting the ester with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride and isopropylmagnesium chloride in an aprotic solvent (e.g., THF). The N-methoxyamide I(b) is converted to the ketone I(c) by reacting with R6R7CH-metal (preferably, magnesium or lithium). The α-haloketone I(d) is prepared using standard halogenation procedures well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., CuBr2 in refluxing ethyl acetate/chloroform). The α-halo group is then displaced with the desired amino group to provide the α-aminoketo compound IA. For example, α-halo intermediate I(d) is reacted with R8R9NH in the presence of an organic or inorganic base and an aprotic solvent (e.g., diethylisopropylamine and DMSO).
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00008
  • As illustrated in Scheme II above, the compound of Formula (I) where L is a carbonyl group can be converted to a compound of Formula (I) where L is a hydroxymethylene (or a compound of Formula (IB) where R4 and R5 are both hydrogen) by reducing the carbonyl group to its corresponding alcohol. Procedures for reducing ketones to their corresponding alcohols are well-known to those skilled in the art. One convenient method is reduction with sodium borohydride in a protic solvent (e.g., ethanol) to produce a compound of Formula (I) where L is —CH(OH)—. Alternatively, compound IA can be reduced with an organometallic reagent (e.g., lithium or magnesium organometallic, such as R4Li or R4MgBr, dissolved in a nonreactive solvent, typically dry ethyl ether) to produce Compound (IB′) (i.e., a compound of Formula (I) where L is —CR4(OH)— or a compound of Formula (IB) where R5 is hydrogen and R4 is (C1-C6)alkyl).
  • Compound IB′ can be easily converted to its corresponding ether IB″ (i.e., compounds of Formula (I) where L is —CR4(OR5)— or compounds of Formula (IB) where R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl and R5 is (C1-C6)alkyl) using standard etherization processes well-known to those skilled in the art. For example, treatment of the alcohol IB′ with an alkyl halide (e.g., R5X) in the presence of a strong base (e.g., sodium hydride) in an aprotic solvent (e.g., dimethylformamide).
  • Scheme III below illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention where R5 is taken together with either R8 or R9 to form a —CH2CH2— linkage.
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00009
  • The N-protected amino compound I(3a) is cyclized to the morpholinyl derivative I(3b) by heating in the presence of a strong acid (e.g. 48% hydrogen bromide). The N-protecting group is then removed by heating in the presence of 1-chloroethyl chloroformate and 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene in 1,2-dichloroethane to produce a compound IC′ (i.e., a compound of Formula (I) wherein L is —CH(OR5)— or a compound of Formula (IC), where R5 and R8 form an ethylene bridge and R9 is hydrogen). The morpholinyl nitrogen can then be alkylated by treating compound IC′ with the appropriate aldehyde/ketone in the presence of sodium triacetoxyborohydride and acetic acid. Alternatively, the morpholinyl nitrogen may be acylated or sulfonated using standard procedures well-known to those skilled in the art. For example, compound IC′ may be reacted with R10(CH2)mC(O)Cl or R10(CH2)nSO2Cl (where m, n and R10 are as defined earlier) in the presence of triethylamine and an aprotic solvent (e.g., dichloromethane). Those compounds where R9 or R8 is —(CH2)pR10 (where p is 1, 2 or 3 and R10 is as defined earlier) may be produced by reducing the carbonyl of the corresponding acylated compound via standard reduction processes well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • Scheme IV below illustrates the preparation of imidazole derivatives.
    Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00010
  • The benzamidine I(4a) is prepared by condensing the desired amine with the desired nitrile. The amine and nitrile are available from a variety of commercial sources or via simple modifications of commercially available materials using procedures well-known to those skilled in the art. One convenient means of achieving the condensation is by pre-treating the amine with trimethylaluminum prior to the addition of the nitrile and then heating the mixture to complete the reaction. The benzamidine I(4a) is then condensed with an appropriately substituted 3-bromo-2-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester in the presence of a weak base (e.g., sodium bicarbonate) to form the hydroxy ester I(4b). The hydroxy ester I(4b) is then dehydrated to form the imidazole I(4c). The ester group of imidazole I(4c) is converted to the α-bromo ketone I(4d) by saponification of the ester using basic conditions such as lithium hydroxide in a mixture of methanol and water, reacting the intermediate acid with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride and a suitable coupling agent, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or 1-propane phosphonic acid cyclic anhydride in an aprotic solvent (e.g., THF). The intermediate N-methoxyamide is converted to the ketone by reacting with R6R7CH-metal (preferably, magnesium-halide (Grignard reagent) or lithium). The α-haloketone I(4d) is prepared using standard halogenation procedures well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., Br2 in acetic acid). The α-bromo group can then be displaced with the desired amine to form the desired α-amine ketone (ID). For a more detailed description of the steps outlined in Scheme IV above, see Example 7 below.
  • Compound (ID) may be converted to imidazole derivatives wherein L is —C(R4)(OR5)—, where R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl and R5 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, or taken together with R8 or R9 is —CH2CH2— or —CH2C(O)— using the same general procedures described above for the synthesis of compounds of Formula (IB) and Formula (IC).
  • Conventional methods and/or techniques of separation and purification known to one of ordinary skill in the art can be used to isolate the compounds of the present invention, as well as the various intermediates related thereto. Such techniques will be well-known to one of ordinary skill in the art and may include, for example, all types of chromatography (high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), column chromatography using common adsorbents such as silica gel, and thin-layer chromatography), recrystallization, and differential (i.e., liquid-liquid) extraction techniques.
  • The compounds of the present invention may be isolated and used per se or in the form of its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or hydrate. The term “salts” refers to inorganic and organic salts of a compound of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of a compound, or by separately reacting the compound, N-oxide, or prodrug with a suitable organic or inorganic acid and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, sulfate, bisulfate, nitrate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, oxalate, besylate, palmitiate, pamoate, malonate, stearate, laurate, malate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, hexafluorophosphate, benzene sulfonate, tosylate, formate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts, and the like. These may include cations based on the alkali and alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations including, but not limited to, ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like. See, e.g., Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
  • The term “prodrug” means a compound that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
  • For example, if a compound of the present invention contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C12)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N—(C1-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl, N,N-di(C1-C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C2-C3)alkyl.
  • Similarly, if a compound of the present invention contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (C1-C6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C1-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C1-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N—(C1-C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl, α-amino(C1-C4)alkanoyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, P(O)(O(C1-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
  • If a compound of the present invention incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR′-carbonyl where R and R′ are each independently (C1-C10)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α-aminoacyl-natural α-aminoacyl, —C(OH)C(O)OY′ wherein Y′ is H, (C1-C6)alkyl or benzyl, —C(OY0)Y1 wherein Y0 is (C1-C4) alkyl and Y1 is (C1-C6)alkyl, carboxy(C1-C6)alkyl, amino(C1-C4)alkyl or mono-N— or di-N,N—(C1-C6)alkylaminoalkyl, —C(Y2)Y3 wherein Y2 is H or methyl and Y3 is mono-N— or di-N,N—(C1-C6)alkylamino, morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl.
  • The compounds of the present invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the present invention as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. In addition, the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of the present invention incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention. Both the single positional isomers and mixture of positional isomers resulting from the N-oxidation of the pyrimidine and pyrazine rings are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereoisomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereoisomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereoisomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Also, some of the compounds of the present invention may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of a chiral HPLC column.
  • The compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • It is also possible that the compounds of the present invention may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention. For example, all of the tautomeric forms of the imidazole and pyrazole moieties are included in the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.
  • The present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine, iodine, and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, 23I, and 36Cl, respectively.
  • Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • Compounds of the present invention are useful for treating diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists; therefore, another embodiment of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.
  • A typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention and a carrier, diluent or excipient. Suitable carriers, diluents and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as carbohydrates, waxes, water soluble and/or swellable polymers, hydrophilic or hydrophobic materials, gelatin, oils, solvents, water, and the like. The particular carrier, diluent or excipient used will depend upon the means and purpose for which the compound of the present invention is being applied. Solvents are generally selected based on solvents recognized by persons skilled in the art as safe (GRAS) to be administered to a mammal. In general, safe solvents are non-toxic aqueous solvents such as water and other non-toxic solvents that are soluble or miscible in water. Suitable aqueous solvents include water, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols (e.g., PEG400, PEG300), etc. and mixtures thereof. The formulations may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • The formulations may be prepared using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures. For example, the bulk drug substance (i.e., compound of the present invention or stabilized form of the compound (e.g., complex with a cyclodextrin derivative or other known complexation agent)) is dissolved in a suitable solvent in the presence of one or more of the excipients described above. The compound of the present invention is typically formulated into pharmaceutical dosage forms to provide an easily controllable dosage of the drug and to give the patient an elegant and easily handleable product.
  • The pharmaceutical composition (or formulation) for application may be packaged in a variety of ways depending upon the method used for administering the drug. Generally, an article for distribution includes a container having deposited therein the pharmaceutical formulation in an appropriate form. Suitable containers are well-known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as bottles (plastic and glass), sachets, ampoules, plastic bags, metal cylinders, and the like. The container may also include a tamper-proof assemblage to prevent indiscreet access to the contents of the package. In addition, the container has deposited thereon a label that describes the contents of the container. The label may also include appropriate warnings.
  • The present invention further provides a method of treating diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists in an animal that includes administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier. The method is particularly useful for treating diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by cannabinoid receptor (in particular, CB1 receptor) antagonists.
  • Preliminary investigations have indicated that the following diseases, conditions, and/or disorders are modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists: eating disorders (e.g., binge eating disorder, anorexia, and bulimia), weight loss or control (e.g., reduction in calorie or food intake, and/or appetite suppression), obesity, depression, atypical depression, bipolar disorders, psychoses, schizophrenia, behavioral addictions, suppression of reward-related behaviors (e.g., conditioned place avoidance, such as suppression of cocaine- and morphine-induced conditioned place preference), substance abuse, addictive disorders, impulsivity, alcoholism (e.g., alcohol abuse, addiction and/or dependence including treatment for abstinence, craving reduction and relapse prevention of alcohol intake), tobacco abuse (e.g., smoking addiction, cessation and/or dependence including treatment for craving reduction and relapse prevention of tobacco smoking), dementia (including memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, dementia of aging, vascular dementia, mild cognitive impairment, age-related cognitive decline, and mild neurocognitive disorder), sexual dysfunction in males (e.g., erectile difficulty), seizure disorders, epilepsy, gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., dysfunction of gastrointestinal motility or intestinal propulsion), attention deficit disorder (ADD including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)), Parkinson's disease, and type II diabetes.
  • Accordingly, the compounds of the present invention described herein are useful in treating diseases, conditions, or disorders that are modulated by cannabinoid receptor antagonists. Consequently, the compounds of the present invention (including the compositions and processes used therein) may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeutic applications described herein.
  • Other diseases, conditions and/or disorders for which cannabinoid receptor antagonists may be effective include: premenstrual syndrome or late luteal phase syndrome, migraines, panic disorder, anxiety, post-traumatic syndrome, social phobia, cognitive impairment in non-demented individuals, non-amnestic mild cognitive impairment, post operative cognitive decline, disorders associated with impulsive behaviours (such as, disruptive behaviour disorders (e.g., anxiety/depression, executive function improvement, tic disorders, conduct disorder and/or oppositional defiant disorder), adult personality disorders (e.g., borderline personality disorder and antisocial personality disorder), diseases associated with impulsive behaviours (e.g., substance abuse, paraphilias and self-mutilation), and impulse control disorders (e.g., intermittene explosive disorder, kleptomania, pyromania, pathological gambling, and trichotillomania)), obsessive compulsive disorder, chronic fatigue syndrome, sexual dysfunction in males (e.g., premature ejaculation), sexual dysfunction in females, disorders of sleep (e.g., sleep apnea), autism, mutism, neurodengenerative movement disorders, spinal cord injury, damage of the central nervous system (e.g., trauma), stroke, neurodegenerative diseases or toxic or infective CNS diseases (e.g., encephalitis or meningitis), cardiovascular disorders (e.g., thrombosis), and diabetes.
  • The compounds of the present invention can be administered to a patient at dosage levels in the range of from about 0.7 mg to about 7,000 mg per day. For a normal adult human having a body weight of about 70 kg, a dosage in the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram body weight is typically sufficient. However, some variability in the general dosage range may be required depending upon the age and weight of the subject being treated, the intended route of administration, the particular compound being administered and the like. The determination of dosage ranges and optimal dosages for a particular patient is well within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art having the benefit of the instant disclosure. It is also noted that the compounds of the present invention can be used in sustained release, controlled release, and delayed release formulations, which forms are also well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • The compounds of this invention may also be used in conjunction with other pharmaceutical agents for the treatment of the diseases, conditions and/or disorders described herein. Therefore, methods of treatment that include administering compounds of the present invention in combination with other pharmaceutical agents are also provided. Suitable pharmaceutical agents that may be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include anti-obesity agents such as apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, 11β-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 (11β-HSD type 1) inhibitors, peptide YY3-36 or analogs thereof, MCR-4 agonists, cholecystokinin-A (CCK-A) agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors (such as sibutramine), sympathomimetic agents, β3 adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine agonists (such as bromocriptine), melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, 5HT2c agonists, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptin (the OB protein), leptin analogs, leptin receptor agonists, galanin antagonists, lipase inhibitors (such as tetrahydrolipstatin, i.e. orlistat), anorectic agents (such as a bombesin agonist), Neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone or an analog thereof, glucocorticoid receptor agonists or antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, ciliary neurotrophic factors (such as Axokine™ available from Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Tarrytown, N.Y. and Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio), human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), ghrelin receptor antagonists, histamine 3 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists, neuromedin U receptor agonists and the like. Other anti-obesity agents, including the preferred agents set forth hereinbelow, are well known, or will be readily apparent in light of the instant disclosure, to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Especially preferred are anti-obesity agents selected from the group consisting of orlistat, sibutramine, bromocriptine, ephedrine, leptin, pseudoephedrine and peptide YY3-36 or an analog thereof. Preferably, compounds of the present invention and combination therapies are administered in conjunction with exercise and a sensible diet.
  • Representative anti-obesity agents for use in the combinations, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of the invention can be prepared using methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, sibutramine can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,929,629; bromocriptine can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,752,814 and 3,752,888; orlistat can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,274,143; 5,420,305; 5,540,917; and 5,643,874; and PYY3-36 (including analogs) can be prepared as described in US Publication No. 2002/0141985 and WO 03/027637. All of the above recited references are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Other suitable pharmaceutical agents that may be administered in combination with the compounds of the present invention include agents designed to treat tobacco abuse (e.g., nicotine receptor partial agonists, bupropion hypochloride (also known under the tradename Zyban™) and nicotine replacement therapies), agents to treat erectile dysfunction (e.g., dopaminergic agents, such as apomorphine), ADD/ADHD agents (e.g., Ritalin™, Strattera™, Concerta™ and Adderall™), and agents to treat alcoholism, such as opioid antagonists (e.g., naltrexone (also known under the tradename ReVia™) and nalmefene), disulfriram (also known under the tradename Antabuse™), and acamprosate (also known under the tradename Campral™)). In addition, agents for reducing alcohol withdrawal symptoms may also be co-administered, such as benzodiazepines, beta-blockers, clonidine, carbamazepine, pregabalin, and gabapentin (Neurontin™). Treatment for alcoholism is preferably administered in combination with behavioral therapy including such components as motivational enhancement therapy, cognitive behavioral therapy, and referral to self-help groups, including Alcohol Anonymous (AA).
  • Other pharmaceutical agents that may be useful include antihypertensive agents; COX-2 inhibitors; antidepressants (e.g., fluoxetine hydrochloride (Prozac™)); cognitive improvement agents (e.g., donepezil hydrochloride (Aircept™) and other acetylcholinesterase inhibitors); neuroprotective agents (e.g., memantine); antipsychotic medications (e.g., ziprasidone (Geodon™), risperidone (Risperdal™), and olanzapine (Zyprexa™)); insulin and insulin analogs (e.g., LysPro insulin); GLP-1 (7-37) (insulinotropin) and GLP-1 (7-36)-NH2; sulfonylureas and analogs thereof: chlorpropamide, glibenclamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, Glypizide®, glimepiride, repaglinide, meglitinide; biguamides: metformin, phenformin, buformin; α2-antagonists and imidazolines: midaglizole, isaglidole, deriglidole, idazoxan, efaroxan, fluparoxan; other insulin secretagogues: linogliride, A-4166; glitazones: ciglitazone, Actos® (pioglitazone), englitazone, troglitazone, darglitazone, Avandia® (BRL49653); fatty acid oxidation inhibitors: clomoxir, etomoxir; α-glucosidase inhibitors: acarbose, miglitol, emiglitate, voglibose, MDL-25,637, camiglibose, MDL-73,945; β-agonists: BRL 35135, BRL 37344, RO 16-8714, ICI D7114, CL 316,243; phosphodiesterase inhibitors: L-386,398; lipid-lowering agents: benfluorex: fenfluramine; vanadate and vanadium complexes (e.g., Naglivan®) and peroxovanadium complexes; amylin antagonists; glucagon antagonists; gluconeogenesis inhibitors; somatostatin analogs; antilipolytic agents: nicotinic acid, acipimox, WAG 994, pramlintide (Symlin™), AC 2993, nateglinide, aldose reductase inhibitors (e.g., zopolrestat), glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors, sodium-hydrogen exchanger type 1 (NHE-1) inhibitors and/or cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors or cholesterol absorption inhibitors, especially a HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor, or a HMG-CoA synthase inhibitor, or a HMG-CoA reductase or synthase gene expression inhibitor, a CETP inhibitor, a bile acid sequesterant, a fibrate, an ACAT inhibitor, a squalene synthetase inhibitor, an anti-oxidant or niacin. The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in combination with a naturally occurring compound that acts to lower plasma cholesterol levels. Such naturally occurring compounds are commonly called nutraceuticals and include, for example, garlic extract, Hoodia plant extracts, and niacin.
  • The dosage of the additional pharmaceutical agent will also be generally dependent upon a number of factors including the health of the subject being treated, the extent of treatment desired, the nature and kind of concurrent therapy, if any, and the frequency of treatment and the nature of the effect desired. In general, the dosage range of an anti-obesity agent is in the range of from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the individual per day, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per kilogram body weight of the individual per day. However, some variability in the general dosage range may also be required depending upon the age and weight of the subject being treated, the intended route of administration, the particular anti-obesity agent being administered and the like. The determination of dosage ranges and optimal dosages for a particular patient is also well within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art having the benefit of the instant disclosure.
  • According to the methods of the invention, a compound of the present invention or a combination of a compound of the present invention and at least one additional pharmaceutical agent is administered to a subject in need of such treatment, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. In the combination aspect of the invention, the compound of the present invention and at least one other pharmaceutical agent may be administered either separately or in the pharmaceutical composition comprising both. It is generally preferred that such administration be oral. However, if the subject being treated is unable to swallow, or oral administration is otherwise impaired or undesirable, parenteral or transdermal administration may be appropriate.
  • According to the methods of the invention, when a combination of a compound of the present invention and at least one other pharmaceutical agent are administered together, such administration can be sequential in time or simultaneous with the simultaneous method being generally preferred. For sequential administration, a compound of the present invention and the additional pharmaceutical agent can be administered in any order. It is generally preferred that such administration be oral. It is especially preferred that such administration be oral and simultaneous. When a compound of the present invention and the additional pharmaceutical agent are administered sequentially, the administration of each can be by the same or by different methods.
  • According to the methods of the invention, a compound of the present invention or a combination of a compound of the present invention and at least one additional pharmaceutical agent (referred to herein as a “combination”) is preferably administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, a compound of the present invention or a combination can be administered to a patient separately or together in any conventional oral, rectal, transdermal, parenteral, (for example, intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous) intracisternal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, intravesical, local (for example, powder, ointment or drop), or buccal, or nasal, dosage form.
  • Compositions suitable for parenteral injection generally include pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions, or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispersing agents. Prevention of microorganism contamination of the compositions can be accomplished with various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of injectable pharmaceutical compositions can be brought about by the use of agents capable of delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, a compound of the present invention or a combination is admixed with at least one inert customary pharmaceutical excipient (or carrier) such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate or (a) fillers or extenders (e.g., starches, lactose, sucrose, mannitol, silicic acid and the like); (b) binders (e.g., carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, acacia and the like); (c) humectants (e.g., glycerol and the like); (d) disintegrating agents (e.g., agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, sodium carbonate and the like); (e) solution retarders (e.g., paraffin and the like); (f) absorption accelerators (e.g., quaternary ammonium compounds and the like); (g) wetting agents (e.g., cetyl alcohol, glycerol monostearate and the like); (h) adsorbents (e.g., kaolin, bentonite and the like); and/or (i) lubricants (e.g., talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate and the like). In the case of capsules and tablets, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be used as fillers in soft or hard filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols, and the like.
  • Solid dosage forms such as tablets, dragees, capsules, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and others well known in the art. They may also contain opacifying agents, and can also be of such composition that they release the compound of the present invention and/or the additional pharmaceutical agent in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used are polymeric substances and waxes. The drug can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs. In addition to the compound of the present invention or the combination, the liquid dosage form may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, as for example, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (e.g., cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil, sesame seed oil and the like), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
  • Besides such inert diluents, the composition can also include adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Suspensions, in addition to the compound of the present invention or the combination, may further comprise suspending agents, e.g., ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
  • Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration preferably comprise suppositories, which can be prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention or a combination with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers, such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ordinary room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity thereby releasing the active component(s).
  • Dosage forms for topical administration of the compounds of the present invention and combinations of the compounds of the present invention with anti-obesity agents may comprise ointments, powders, sprays and inhalants. The drugs are admixed under sterile condition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required. Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, and solutions are also intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • The following paragraphs describe exemplary formulations, dosages, etc. useful for non-human animals. The administration of the compounds of the present invention and combinations of the compounds of the present invention with anti-obesity agents can be effected orally or non-orally (e.g., by injection).
  • An amount of a compound of the present invention or combination of a compound of the present invention with an anti-obesity agent is administered such that an effective dose is received. Generally, a daily dose that is administered orally to an animal is between about 0.01 and about 1,000 mg/kg of body weight, preferably between about 0.01 and about 300 mg/kg of body weight.
  • Conveniently, a compound of the present invention (or combination) can be carried in the drinking water so that a therapeutic dosage of the compound is ingested with the daily water supply. The compound can be directly metered into drinking water, preferably in the form of a liquid, water-soluble concentrate (such as an aqueous solution of a water-soluble salt).
  • Conveniently, a compound of the present invention (or combination) can also be added directly to the feed, as such, or in the form of an animal feed supplement, also referred to as a premix or concentrate. A premix or concentrate of the compound in a carrier is more commonly employed for the inclusion of the agent in the feed. Suitable carriers are liquid or solid, as desired, such as water, various meals such as alfalfa meal, soybean meal, cottonseed oil meal, linseed oil meal, corncob meal and corn meal, molasses, urea, bone meal, and mineral mixes such as are commonly employed in poultry feeds. A particularly effective carrier is the respective animal feed itself; that is, a small portion of such feed. The carrier facilitates uniform distribution of the compound in the finished feed with which the premix is blended. Preferably, the compound is thoroughly blended into the premix and, subsequently, the feed. In this respect, the compound may be dispersed or dissolved in a suitable oily vehicle such as soybean oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, and the like, or in a volatile organic solvent and then blended with the carrier. It will be appreciated that the proportions of compound in the concentrate are capable of wide variation since the amount of the compound in the finished feed may be adjusted by blending the appropriate proportion of premix with the feed to obtain a desired level of compound.
  • High potency concentrates may be blended by the feed manufacturer with proteinaceous carrier such as soybean oil meal and other meals, as described above, to produce concentrated supplements, which are suitable for direct feeding to animals. In such instances, the animals are permitted to consume the usual diet. Alternatively, such concentrated supplements may be added directly to the feed to produce a nutritionally balanced, finished feed containing a therapeutically effective level of a compound of the present invention. The mixtures are thoroughly blended by standard procedures, such as in a twin shell blender, to ensure homogeneity.
  • If the supplement is used as a top dressing for the feed, it likewise helps to ensure uniformity of distribution of the compound across the top of the dressed feed.
  • Drinking water and feed effective for increasing lean meat deposition and for improving lean meat to fat ratio are generally prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention with a sufficient amount of animal feed to provide from about 10−3 to about 500 ppm of the compound in the feed or water.
  • The preferred medicated swine, cattle, sheep and goat feed generally contain from about 1 to about 400 grams of a compound of the present invention (or combination) per ton of feed, the optimum amount for these animals usually being about 50 to about 300 grams per ton of feed.
  • The preferred poultry and domestic pet feeds usually contain about 1 to about 400 grams and preferably about 10 to about 400 grams of a compound of the present invention (or combination) per ton of feed.
  • For parenteral administration in animals, the compounds of the present invention (or combination) may be prepared in the form of a paste or a pellet and administered as an implant, usually under the skin of the head or ear of the animal in which increase in lean meat deposition and improvement in lean meat to fat ratio is sought.
  • In general, parenteral administration involves injection of a sufficient amount of a compound of the present invention (or combination) to provide the animal with about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg/day of body weight of the drug. The preferred dosage for poultry, swine, cattle, sheep, goats and domestic pets is in the range of from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg/day of body weight of drug.
  • Paste formulations can be prepared by dispersing the drug in a pharmaceutically acceptable oil such as peanut oil, sesame oil, corn oil or the like.
  • Pellets containing an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, pharmaceutical composition, or combination can be prepared by admixing a compound of the present invention or combination with a diluent such as carbowax, carnuba wax, and the like, and a lubricant, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, can be added to improve the pelleting process.
  • It is, of course, recognized that more than one pellet may be administered to an animal to achieve the desired dose level which will provide the increase in lean meat deposition and improvement in lean meat to fat ratio desired. Moreover, implants may also be made periodically during the animal treatment period in order to maintain the proper drug level in the animal's body.
  • The present invention has several advantageous veterinary features. For the pet owner or veterinarian who wishes to increase leanness and/or trim unwanted fat from pet animals, the instant invention provides the means by which this may be accomplished. For poultry and swine breeders, utilization of the method of the present invention yields leaner animals that command higher sale prices from the meat industry.
  • Embodiments of the present invention are illustrated by the following Examples. It is to be understood, however, that the embodiments of the invention are not limited to the specific details of these Examples, as other variations thereof will be known, or apparent in light of the instant disclosure, to one of ordinary skill in the art.
    • EXAMPLES
  • Unless specified otherwise, starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals Co. (Milwaukee, Wis.), Lancaster Synthesis, Inc. (Windham, N.H.), Acros Organics (Fairlawn, N.J.), Maybridge Chemical Company, Ltd. (Cornwall, England), Tyger Scientific (Princeton, N.J.), and AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals (London, England).
    • General Experimental Procedures
  • NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Unity™ 400 (available from Varian Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.) at room temperature at 400 MHz for proton. Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million (δ) relative to residual solvent as an internal reference. The peak shapes are denoted as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; bs, broad singlet; 2s, two singlets. Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectra (APCI) were obtained on a Fisons™ Platform II Spectrometer (carrier gas: acetonitrile: available from Micromass Ltd, Manchester, UK). Chemical ionization mass spectra (CI) were obtained on a Hewlett-Packard™ 5989 instrument (ammonia ionization, PBMS: available from Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.). Electrospray ionization mass spectra (ES) were obtained on a Waters™ ZMD instrument (carrier gas: acetonitrile: available from Waters Corp., Milford, Mass.). Where the intensity of chlorine or bromine-containing ions are described, the expected intensity ratio was observed (approximately 3:1 for 35Cl/37Cl-containing ions and 1:1 for 79Br/81Br-containing ions) and the intensity of only the lower mass ion is given. In some cases only representative 1H NMR peaks are given. MS peaks are reported for all examples. Optical rotations were determined on a PerkinElmer™ 241 polarimeter (available from PerkinElmer Inc., Wellesley, Mass.) using the sodium D line (λ=589 nm) at the indicated temperature and are reported as follows [α]D temp, concentration (c=g/100 ml), and solvent.
  • Column chromatography was performed with either Baker™ silica gel (40 μm; J.T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) or Silica Gel 50 (EM Sciences™, Gibbstown, N.J.) in glass columns or in Flash 40 Biotage™ columns (ISC, Inc., Shelton, Conn.) under low nitrogen pressure.
  • Example 1 provides general procedures for preparing compounds of Formula (I) where L is a carbonyl.
    • Example 1 N-Methoxy-N-methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (I-1a)
  • Isopropylmagnesium chloride (15 ml, 30 mmol) was added dropwise over a 10 to 15 minute period to a stirred solution of ethyl 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (8.15 g, 21.7 mmol) and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.51 g, 15.5 mmol) in THF at −25° C. After stirring for an additional 15 minutes at −25° C., the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and then extracted with methyl-tert-butyl ether. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound I-1a as a golden oil (8.76 g).
    • 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone (I-1b)
  • Methylmagnesium bromide (10 ml, 30.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of N-methoxy-N-methyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide I-1a (8.48 g, 21.7 mmol) in THF (100 ml) at −10° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 15 minutes at −10° C. to afford a yellow solution which became slurry within 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was warmed up to 0° C. over a period of 30 minutes, quenched with NH4Cl and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound I-1b as a light-yellow colored solid (7.52 g).
    • 2-Bromo-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone (I-1c)
  • Copper (II) bromide (12.9 g, 58.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone I-1b in 1:1 ethyl acetate/methylene chloride (400 ml). The reaction mixture was heated in an oil bath to reflux for 2.5 hours. The reaction was monitored by 1HNMR/LCMS. The reaction mixture was removed from the oil bath and filtered through a Celite® pad and then washed with ethyl acetate (1 L). The filtrate was partitioned with 200 ml H2O. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting solids were purified by chromatography (25%-35% methylene chloride/hexanes, silica) to give the title compound I-1c (8.91 g).
  • General Procedure for the Preparation of a Compound of Formula (I) where L is —C(O)—.
  • A solution of 2-bromo-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone I-1c (130 mg, 0.307 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was treated with the appropriate amine (0.398 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (70 μL, 0.4 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and then diluted with methylene chloride, washed with half saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the appropriate aminoketone.
  • Table I lists compounds that were prepared using the general procedures described above with the appropriate starting materials.
    TABLE I
    Exam- LCMS
    ple m/z
    No. Compound Name (M + 1)
    1A-1 2-(Benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)- 492.2
    5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-2 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 574.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-
    yl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone formate salt
    1A-3 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 457.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-
    ethanone formate salt
    1A-4 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 529.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile formate salt
    1A-5 2-(4-Acetyl-4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl)-1-[1-(2- 546.1
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone formate salt
    1A-6 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 456.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone formate salt
    1A-7 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 456.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,6-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone formate salt
    1A-8 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 574.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(3-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone formate salt
    1A-9 2-(4-Benzyl-[1,4]diazepan-1-yl)-1-[1-(2- 532.9
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone formate salt
    1A-10 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 458.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-
    yl)-ethanone formate salt
    1A-11 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 442.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-
    5-yl)-ethanone formate salt
    1A-12 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 458.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(ethyl-[1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl-
    amino)-ethanone formate salt
    1A-13 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 534.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-
    piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-14 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 520.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]--(3-hydroxy-3-o-tolyl-pyrrolidin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-15 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 509.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-methyl-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-
    yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone.
    1A-16 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 559.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-
    2-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-17 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 574.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-hydroxy-4-phenyl-octahydro-
    quinolin-1-yl)-ethanone
    1A-18 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 570.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]--(4-trifluoromethyl-10-aza-
    tricyclo[6.3.1.0]dodeca-2,4,6-trien-10-yl)-ethanone
    1A-19 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 529.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(5-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-
    ylmethyl)-amino]-ethanone
    1A-20 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 479.6
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-
    amino]-ethanone
    1A-21 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 479.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(1-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl)-
    amino]-ethanone
    1A-22 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 504.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-23 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 521.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-[1,4]diazepan-
    1-yl)-ethanone
    1A-24 N-(1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 485.7
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-pyrrolidin-3-
    yl)-N-methyl-acetamide
    1A-25 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 492.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,3-dihydro-5H-
    benzo[f][1,4]oxazepin-4-yl)-ethanone
    1A-26 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 468.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-
    ylmethyl)-amino]-ethanone
    1A-27 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 464.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1,1-dioxo-thiazolidin-3-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-28 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 532.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-spiro[isobenzofuran-1(3H),4′-
    piperidin-1′-yl-ethanone
    1A-29 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 465.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-
    amino)-ethanone
    1A-30 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 518.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-({4-[ethyl-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-
    amino]-butyl}-methyl-amino)-ethanone
    1A-31 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 562.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-3-propyl-
    pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-32 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 528.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile hydrochloride salt
    1A-33 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 456.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-34 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4- 489.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethylpiperidin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-35 1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4- 562.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    1A-36 1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4- 512.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    1A-37 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl- 440.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-38 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 484.4
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-
    methyl-propan-1-one
    1A-39 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 430.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-isopropylamino-2-methyl-
    propan-1-one
    1A-40 2-[(1-Benzyl-cyclopentyl)-methyl-amino]-1-[5-(4- 532.8
    chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-41 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 528.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(5-methyl-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-
    pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl)-ethanone
    1A-42 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 522.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[isopropyl-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-
    amino]-ethanone
    1A-43 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 529.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-
    yl]-ethanone
    1A-44 2-(4-Benzoyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)- 535.5
    1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone
    1A-45 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 525.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-
    1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-46 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 504.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-
    naphthalen-1-yl)-amino]-ethanone
    1A-47 2-(Benzyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl-amino)-1-[1-(2- 544.8
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-48 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 456.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-49 2-(1-Aza-spiro[4.5]dec-1-yl)-1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)- 482.8
    5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone
    1A-50 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 504.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-51 4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 545.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carboxylic acid 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propyl ester
    1A-52 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 515.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-53 3-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 533.5
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2,3,4,4a-
    tetrahydro-1H-3,9a-diaza-fluoren-9-one
    1A-54 2-(4-Benzo[d]isothiazol-3-yl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4- 562.8
    chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-55 2-[(1-Benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylmethyl)-methyl-amino]- 549.5
    1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-56 2-(3-Benzylamino-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl)-1- 561.5
    [1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-57 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 516.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-p-tolyl-3-aza-
    bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)-ethanone
    1A-58 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 506.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(8-methoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-
    isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethanone
    1A-59 2-[Benzyl-(2-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexyl)-amino]-1- 562.8
    [5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-60 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 506.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-
    1H-isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethanone
    1A-61 2-({2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 490.7
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-ethyl-amino)-
    isonicotinonitrile
    1A-62 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 576.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[(2,6-dichloro-benzyl)-(3-
    hydroxypropyl)-amino]-ethanone
    1A-63 2-[Benzyl-(2-hydroxy-cyclobutyl)-amino]-1-[5-(4- 520.8
    chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-64 2-(4-Benzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4- 546.8
    chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-65 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 574.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,4-dihydro-6-
    methoxyspiro[naphthalene-1(2H),4′-piperidin-1′-yl-
    ethanone
    1A-66 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 525.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-
    piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-67 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 536.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-methyl-3-phenyl-piperidin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-68 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 536.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(pyridine-4-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-69 6-(4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 531.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazin-1-
    yl)-nicotinonitrile
    1A-70 5-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 542.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-2,5-diaza-
    bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl
    ester
    1A-71 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 569.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-
    cyclohexylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
    amide
    1A-72 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 530.6
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-
    isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide
    1A-73 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-74 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 465.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-
    amino)-ethanone
    1A-75 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 557.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-quinoxalin-2-yl-piperazin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-76 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 540.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-77 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 482.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(10-oxa-4-aza-
    tricyclo[5.2.1.0]dec-4-yl)-ethanone
    1A-78 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 492.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[(1,1-dioxo-tetrahydro-1&-
    thiophen-3-yl)-methyl-amino]-ethanone
    1A-79 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 508.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[(2-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-phenyl-
    ethyl)-methyl-amino]-ethanone
    1A-80 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 444.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-hydroxy-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-81 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 428.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone
    1A-82 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 557.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxo-ethyl}-
    4-phenyl-piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    1A-83 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 442.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-cyclohexylamino-ethanone
    1A-84 2-Benzylamino-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2- 450.2
    chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-85 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 523.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-
    1-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-86 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 509.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-methyl-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-
    yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-87 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 528.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-
    isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-88 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 504.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-phenylpiperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-89 4-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 530.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carboxylic acid isobutyl ester
    1A-90 2-[4-(Benzofuran-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-[5- 573.9
    (4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-91 1′-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 555.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-
    [1,4′]bipiperidinyl-4′-carboxylic acid amide
    1A-92 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 518.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-
    naphthalen-1-ylmethyl)-amino]-ethanone
    1A-93 3-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 533.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1,2,3,4,5,6-
    hexahydro-1,5-methano-pyrido[1,2-a][1,5]diazocin-
    8-one
    1A-94 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 576.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(2-phenyl-[1,3]dioxolan-2-yl)-
    piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone.
    1A-95 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 519.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(cyclohexyl-pyridin-4-yl-amino)-
    ethanone
    1A-96 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 538.6
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[(4-hydroxy-1,1-dioxo-
    tetrahydro-1-thiophen-3-yl)-isopropyl-amino]-
    ethanone
    1A-97 (3-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 499.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-3-aza-
    bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)-carbamic acid methyl ester
    1A-98 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 538.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-hydroxy-
    piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-99 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 490.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-
    isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethanone
    1A-100 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 531.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,3-dihydrospiro[1H-indene-
    1,4′-piperinin]-1′-yl-ethanone
    1A-101 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 528.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-spiro[1H-indene-1,4′-piperinin]-
    1′-yl-ethanone
    1A-102 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 511.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-cyclohexyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-103 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 570.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-10-aza-
    tricyclo[6.3.1.0]dodeca-2(7),3,5-trien-10-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-104 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 497.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-cyclopentyl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-105 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl-piperidin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-106 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 519.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-phenyl-azepan-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-107 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 472.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[cyclopentyl-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-
    amino]-ethanone
    1A-108 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 508.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-
    yl]-ethanone
    1A-109 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[2-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-
    pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-110 (1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 543.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
    1A-111 (1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 557.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
    1A-112 2-(2-Benzyl-piperidin-1-yl)-1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5- 518.9
    (4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone
    1A-113 2-[Benzyl-(2-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexyl)-amino]-1- 563.0
    [5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-114 4-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 543.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-
    [1,4]diazepane-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
    1A-115 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 462.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-116 2-(4-Benzyl-piperidin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1- 518.9
    (2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone
    1A-117 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 525.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-4-
    hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-118 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 487.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1,4-dioxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-
    8-yl)-ethanone
    1A-119 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 486.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[cyclopentyl-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-
    amino]-ethanone
    1A-120 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 496.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-methyl-10-oxa-4-aza-
    tricyclo[5.2.1.0]dec-4-yl)-ethanone
    1A-121 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 442.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-122 4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 564.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-3,5-dimethyl-
    piperazine-1-sulfonic acid dimethylamide
    1A-123 2-(4-Benzyl-[1,4]diazepan-1-yl)-1-[1-(2- 535.6
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-124 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 574.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-
    yl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-125 N-(1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 486.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-pyrrolidin-3-
    yl)-N-methyl-acetamide
    1A-126 4-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 537.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    sulfonic acid dimethylamide
    1A-127 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 494.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-ethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-
    pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)-ethanone
    1A-128 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 543.6
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-
    piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-129 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 479.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl)-
    amino]-ethanone
    1A-130 4-(1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 563.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-
    yloxy)-2-fluoro-benzonitrile
    1A-131 2-(4-Acetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1- 471.8
    (2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone
    1A-132 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 492.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-methyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-
    pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-ethanone
    1A-133 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 519.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-cyclopropyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-
    pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-ethanone
    1A-134 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 537.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(6-methoxy-pyridazin-3-yl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-135 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 511.6
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(4-methyl-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-
    yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-136 (1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 558.0
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-methyl-
    piperidin-3-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
    1A-137 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 480.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-
    pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl)-ethanone
    1A-138 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 534.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-m-tolyloxy-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-139 2-[4-(1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 577.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-
    yloxy)-phenyl]-acetamide
    1A-140 1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4- 512.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-4-
    isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-141 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 472.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-ethoxy-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-142 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 519.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(cyclohexyl-pyridin-2-yl-amino)-
    ethanone
    1A-143 4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 529.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
    1A-144 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 429.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperazin-1-yl-ethanone
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-145 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 490.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-azetidine-3-
    carboxylic acid methyl ester
    1A-146 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl- 507.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-
    1-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-147 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 525.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-cyclopentanecarbonyl-
    piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone
    1A-148 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 537.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride
    salt
    1A-149 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 534.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(pyridine-2-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-150 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 535.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(pyrazine-2-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-151 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 428.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone.
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-152 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-153 2-(4-Benzoyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)- 533.1
    1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-154 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-155 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 535.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(propane-2-sulfonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-156 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 525.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-trifluoroacetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-157 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 444.6
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-hydroxy-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-158 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 430.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone
    1A-159 1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 499.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidine-4-
    carboxylic acid dimethylamide
    1A-160 1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 499.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidine-4-
    carboxylic acid ethylamide
    1A-161 1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 539.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidine-4-
    carboxylic acid cyclopentylamide
    1A-162 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 569.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(3-hydroxymethyl-piperidine-
    1-carbonyl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-163 1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 471.7
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidine-4-
    carboxylic acid amide
    1A-164 1-(1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 511.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    pyrrolidin-2-one
    1A-165 8-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 540.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-1-isopropyl-
    1,3,8-triaza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one
    1A-166 3-(Benzyl-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2- 503.8
    chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-
    ethyl}-amino)-propionitrile
    1A-167 Cyclopentanecarboxylic acid (1-{2-[1-(2- 539.8
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-amide
    1A-168 2-(4-Acetyl-[1,4]diazepan-1-yl)-1-[1-(2- 485.8
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-169 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 510.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-azetidin-1-
    yl]-ethanone
    1A-170 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 575.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-pyrimidin-2-
    yl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-171 4-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 536.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    sulfonic acid dimethylamide hydrochloride salt
    1A-172 2-(4-Amino-piperidin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1- 443.3
    (2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-173 4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 529.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carboxylic acid isobutyl ester hydrochloride salt
    1A-174 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 539.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(thiophene-3-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-175 2-(4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 554.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    1A-carbonyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carbaldehyde
    1A-176 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 538.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-methyl-isoxazole-3-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-177 1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 515.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-ethoxyacetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanone
    1A-178 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 551.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-179 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 541.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-([1,2,3]thiadiazole-4-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-180 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 538.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-methyl-isoxazole-4-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-181 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 540.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-182 4-(4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 554.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carbonyl)-1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-one
    1A-183 4-(4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 558.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carbonyl)-benzonitrile
    1A-184 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 523.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(furan-3-carbonyl)-piperazin-
    1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-185 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 536.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-186 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 524.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(isoxazole-3-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-187 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 537.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-188 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 537.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-189 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 527.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(tetrahydro-furan-2-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-190 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 501.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-methoxyacetyl-piperazin-1-
    yl)-ethanone
    1A-191 2-[4-(5-Chloro-furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1- 559.0
    [5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone
    1A-192 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 540.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(isothiazole-4-carbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-193 N-[2-(4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)- 528.1
    4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazin-1-
    yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-acetamide
    1A-194 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 541.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-
    carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-195 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 551.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-{4-[(5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)-
    acetyl]-piperazin-1-yl}-ethanone
    1A-196 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 497.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-cyclopropanecarbonyl-
    piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone
    1A-197 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 511.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-
    cyclopropanecarbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-198 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 539.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-methyl-[1,3,4]oxadiazole-
    2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone
    1A-199 5-(4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 540.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carbonyl)-pyrrolidin-2-one
    1A-200 N-(1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 539.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    2,2,2-trifluoro-acetamide
    1A-201 N-(1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 521.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    methanesulfonamide
    1A-202 N-(1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 529.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    2-ethoxy-acetamide
    1A-203 1-Methyl-5-oxo-pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (1-{2- 568.3
    [1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-amide
    1A-204 5-Methyl-isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid (1-{2-[5-(4- 552.3
    chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-amide
    1A-205 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 525.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-trifluoroacetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-206 4-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 553.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperazine-1-
    carboxylic acid pyrazol-1-ylmethyl ester
    1A-207 Tetrahydro-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (1-{2-[1-(2- 555.1
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-amide
    1A-208 N-(1-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 565.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    2-(5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetamide
    1A-209 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 552.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-fluoro-benzoyl)-piperazin-
    1-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-210 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 430.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-211 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl- 414.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-212 2-(4-Benzoyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)- 517.3
    1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-213 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl- 535.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-fluoro-benzoyl)-piperazin-
    1-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-214 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl- 486.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone
    hydrochloride salt
    1A-215 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 487.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1,4-dioxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-
    8-yl)-ethanone hydrochloride salt
    1A-216 N-(1-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 539.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-
    2,2,2-trifluoro-acetamide hydrochloride salt
  • Example 2 illustrates the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) where L is —CR4(OR5)—, where R4 and R5 are both hydrogen.
    • Example 2 2-(Benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol (2A-1)
  • To the solution of 2-(benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone hydrochloride 1A-1 (250 mg, 0.47 mmol) in 2 ml ethanol was added sodium borohydride (32 mg, 0.71 mmol). The reaction was monitored by TLC (30% ethyl acetate/hexanes). After the completion, the reaction was quenched with water and partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was further purified by chromatography (silica gel, 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 2A-1 (187 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD2Cl2 (ppm): δ 7.4-7.1 (m, 13H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 3.9-3.57 (AB quartet, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.77 (AB quartet, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.15 (d, 3H), 1.05 (d, 3H).
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=494.2 (M+1)
  • The compounds listed in Table 2 below were prepared using the general procedures described above and the appropriate α-aminoketone compound from Example 1.
    TABLE 2
    Exam- LCMS
    ple m/z
    No. Compound Name (M + 1)
    2A-2 2-(Benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5- 494.2
    (4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    hydrochloride salt
    2A-3 2-[Benzyl-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-amino]-1-[5-(4- 496.1
    chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    2A-4 1-Benzylamino-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2- 452.1
    chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    hydrochloride salt
    2A-5 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 460.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-
    ethanol
    2A-6 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 576.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(3-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-7 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 576.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-8 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 531.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    2A-9 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 550.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-hydroxy-ethyl)-4-phenyl-
    piperidin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-10 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 458.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanol
    2A-11 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 460.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-
    yl)-ethanol
    2A-12 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 444.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-
    5-yl)-ethanol
    2A-13 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 474.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(ethyl-[1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl-
    amino)-ethanol
    2A-14 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 536.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-piperidin-
    1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-14 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 522.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-3-o-tolyl-
    pyrrolidin-3-ol
    2A-15 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 511.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(4-methyl-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-
    yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-16 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 561.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-
    yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-17 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 576.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    decahydroquinolin-4-ol
    2A-18 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 572.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-10-aza-
    tricyclo[6.3.1.0]dodeca-2,4,6-trien-10-yl)-ethanol
    2A-19 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 506.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol
    2A-20 N-(1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 486.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-pyrrolidin-
    3-yl)-N-methyl-acetamide
    2A-21 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 494.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(2,3-dihydro-5H-
    benzo[f][1,4]oxazepin-4-yl)-ethanol
    2A-22 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 470.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[methyl-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-
    ylmethyl)-amino]-ethanol
    2A-23 α-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 534.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-spiro[isobenzofuran-
    1(3H),4′piperidine]-1′-ethanol
    2A-24 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 467.7
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-
    amino)-ethanol
    2A-24 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 564.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-3-propyl-
    pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-25 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 530.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile hydrochloride salt
    2A-26 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 458.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanol hydrochloride salt
    2A-27 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4- 492.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-
    yl)-ethanol
    2A-28 1-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4- 565.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    2A-29 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 486.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-2-
    methyl-propan-1-ol
    2A-30 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 432.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-isopropylamino-2-methyl-propan-
    1-ol
    2A-31 1-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4- 515.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-phenyl-
    piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    2A-32 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl- 442.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanol
    2A-33 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 559.3
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl-
    ethyl}-4-phenyl-piperidine-4-carbonitrile
    2A-34 (4-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 535.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-piperazin-
    1-yl)-phenyl-methanone
    2A-35 (4-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 525.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-piperazin-
    1-yl)-furan-2-yl-methanone
    2A-36 2-(Benzyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl-amino)-1-[1-(2- 547.0
    chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    2A-37 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 458.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-
    ethanol
    2A-38 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 506.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol
    2A-39 4-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 547.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-
    piperazine-1-carboxylic acid 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-
    propyl ester
    2A-40 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 515.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-41 3-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 533.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-2,3,4,4a-
    tetrahydro-1H-3,9a-diaza-fluoren-9-one
    2A-42 2-[(1-Benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-ylmethyl)-methyl-amino]-1- 551.6
    [5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    2A-43 2-(3-Benzylamino-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl)-1-[1- 563.6
    (2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    2A-44 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 518.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-p-tolyl-3-aza-
    bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)-ethanol
    2A-45 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 508.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(8-methoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-
    isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethanol
    2A-46 2-[Benzyl-(2-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexyl)-amino]-1- 565.0
    [5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-
    pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol
    2A-47 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 508.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-3,4-dihydro-
    1H-isoquinolin-2-yl)-ethanol
    2A-48 3-[{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 579.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-(2,6-
    dichloro-benzyl)-amino]-propan-1-ol
    2A-49 2-(Benzyl-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)- 522.9
    4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-amino)-
    cyclobutanol
    2A-50 α-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 577.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-3,4-dihydro-6-methoxyspiro
    [naphthalene-1(2H),4′piperidine]-1′-ethanol
    2A-51 (1-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 527.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-piperidin-
    3-yl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl-methanone
    2A-52 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 521.2
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3-methyl-3-phenyl-piperidin-1-
    yl)-ethanol
    2A-53 (4-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 538.6
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-piperazin-
    1-yl)-pyridin-4-yl-methanone
    2A-54 6-(4-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 534.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-piperazin-
    1-yl)-nicotinonitrile
    2A-55 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 572.6
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-
    cyclohexylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide
    2A-56 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 531.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-
    isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide
    2A-57 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 507.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl)-
    ethanol
    2A-58 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 468.0
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(methyl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-
    amino)-ethanol
    2A-59 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 543.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-
    piperazin-1-yl]-ethanol
    2A-60 1-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 494.8
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[(1,1-dioxo-tetrahydro-1&-
    thiophen-3-yl)-methyl-amino]-ethanol
    2A-61 2-({2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 510.9
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-methyl-
    amino)-1-phenyl-propan-1-ol
    2A-62 1-{2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 446.8
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-piperidin-
    3-ol
    2A-63 1-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 430.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanol
    hydrochloride salt
  • Example 3 illustrates the preparation of ether derivatives (i.e., L=—CR4(OR5)—) from the corresponding alcohol (L=—CR4(OH)—) from Example 2.
    • Example 3 Benzyl-{2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-methoxy-ethyl}-isopropyl-amine (3A-1)
  • To the solution of 2-(benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol 2A-1 (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 0.2 ml DMF was added sodium hydride (5 mg, 0.125 mmol, 60% w/w). After it was stirred for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Methyl iodide (15 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was then warmed up to room temperature. Stirring was continued for another 2 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 3A-1 as a white waxy solid (27 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD2Cl2 (ppm): δ7.4-7.05 (m, 13H); 4.42 (t, 1H); 3.40-3.56 (AB quartet, 2H); 3.26 (s, 3H); 3.01-2.87 (m, 3H); 1.99 (s, 3H); 1.00 (d, 3H); 0.96 (d, 3H);
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=508.2 (M+1)
  • Example 4 illustrates the conversion of an α-aminoketone of the present invention (L=—C(O)—) to its corresponding alcohol having a R4 group other than hydrogen (i.e., L=—CR4(OH)—).
    • Example 4 1-(Benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-propan-2-ol (4A-1)
  • Methyl magnesium bromide (0.1 ml, 0.144 mmol) was added dropwise into the solution of 2-(benzyl-isopropyl-amino)-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanone (61 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 0.5 ml THF at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was then partitioned with ethyl acetate and saturated NH4Cl. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 4A-1 as a white waxy solid (24 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD2Cl2 (ppm): δ7.4-6.95 (m, 13H), 3.75-3.55 (AB quartet, 2H); 3.23-2.65 (AB quartet, 2H); 2.90 (m, 1H); 2.16 (s, 3H); 1.50 (s, 3H); 1.05 (d, 3H); 0.98 (d, 3H);
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=508.2 (M+1)
  • Example 5 illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention where L is —CR4(OR5)—, where R5 and either R8 or R9 form an ethylene bridge.
    • Example 5 4-Benzyl-2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholine (5A-1)
  • The suspension of 2-[benzyl-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-amino]-1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ethanol 2A-3 (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in 48% hydrobromic acid (0.3 ml) was heated to 100° C. for 2 hours. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned with ethyl acetate and saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 5A-1 (77 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD2Cl2 (ppm): δ7.42-7.13 (m, 3H); 4.76 (d, 1H); 3.98 (d, 1H); 3.82 (t, 1H); 3.60 (s, 2H); 2.97 (d, 1H); 2.80 (d, 1H); 2.54 (t, 1H); 2.32 (t, 1H); 2.10 (s, 3H);
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=478.1 (M+1)
    • 2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholine hydrochloride (5A-2)
  • The solution of 4-benzyl-2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholine 5A-1 (840 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.2 ml, 1.87 mmol), and 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene (72 mg, 0.34 mmol) in 5 ml 1,2-dichloroethane was heated to 50° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 5 ml MeOH and heated to reflux for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was stirred in 5 ml diethyl ether and the product was precipitated and collected by filtration to give the title compound 5A-2 as a white solid (525 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD3OD (ppm): δ7.45-7.36 (m, 4H); 7.30 (d, 2H); 7.15 (d, 2H); 4.71 (d, 1H); 3.95 (d, 1H); 3.78 (t, 1H); 3/20-2.82 (m, 4H);
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=388.1 (M+1)
    • 2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-cyclohexyl-morpholine (5A-3)
  • Triethyl amine (37 μl, 0.27 mmol) was added into the solution of 2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholine hydrochloride 5A-2 (75 mg, 0.18 mmol) and cyclohexanone (18 μl, 0.18 mmol) in 0.5 ml 1,2-dichloroethane. The reaction mixture was then treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (52 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by acetic acid at room temperature. Upon the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was partitioned with ethyl acetate and saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 60% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 5A-3 as a white solid (40 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD3OD (ppm): δ7.43-7.38 (m, 4H); 7.30 (d, 2H); 7.17 (d, 2H); 4.00 (d, 1H); 3.80 (t, 1H); 3.05 (d, 1H); 2.84 (d, 1H); 2.72 (t, 1H); 2.54 (t, 1H); 2.35 (m, 1H); 2.13 (s, 3H); 2.00-1.25 (m, 10H);
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=470.1 (M+1)
  • The compounds listed in Table 3 below were prepared using the general procedures described above for the preparation of compounds 5A-1, 5A-2 and 5A-3.
    TABLE 3
    LCMS
    Example m/z
    No. Compound Name (M + 1)
    5A-4 2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 430.1
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-isopropyl-morpholine
    5A-5 2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 471.9
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-
    morpholine
    5A-6 2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 493.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-
    morpholine
    5A-7 2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 546.3
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-
    morpholine
    5A-8 4-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4- 529.2
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholin-4-ylmethyl}-
    quinoline
    5A-9 5-Chloro-2-{2-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2- 553.2
    chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    morpholin-4-ylmethyl}-1H-indole
    5A-10 2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl- 559.5
    1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-oxazol-4-
    ylmethyl)-morpholine hydrochloride salt
  • Example 6 illustrates compounds of the present invention where either R8 or R9 is an acyl group or sulfonate group.
    • Example 6 2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(propane-2-sulfonyl)-morpholine (6A-1)
  • To a stirred suspension of 2-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholine hydrochloride 5A-2 (75 mg, 0.18 mmol) and triethylamine (49 μL, 0.36 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 ml) was added isopropylsulfonyl chloride (0.22 μL 0.2 mmol) dropwise. After stirring for 18 h, the reaction was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 40-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the title compound 6A-1 as a colorless foam (49 mg).
  • 1H NMR in CD3OD (ppm): δ7.43-7.38 (m, 4H); 7.30 (d, 2H); 7.15 (d, 2H); 4.70 (d, 1H); 4.05 (d, 1H); 3.84-3.17 (m, 6H); 2.15 (s, 3H); 1.36 (d, 6H).
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=494.1 (M+1).
  • The compounds listed below in Table 4 were prepared using the general procedures described above with the appropriate acid halide or sulfonyl halide.
    TABLE 4
    LCMS
    Example m/z
    No. Compound Name (M + 1)
    6A-2 2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)-4- 542.1
    methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-(toluene-4-
    sulfonyl)-morpholine
    6A-3 {2-[5-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)- 492.1
    4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-morpholin-4-yl}-
    phenyl-methanone
    6A-4 1-{2-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4- 458.1
    chlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-
    morpholin-4-yl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one
  • Example 7 illustrates the preparation of the imidazole derivatives as outlined in Scheme IV above.
    • Example 7 Preparation of 2,4-dichloro-N-(4-chloro-phenyl)-benzamidine (I-7a)
  • Trimethylaluminum (2M in toluene, 111.3 ml, 222.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-chloro-phenylamine (20 g, 156.8 mmol) in toluene (700 ml) at 0° C. over a 70 minute period under N2. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3.5 hours. A solution of benzonitrile (32.4 g, 188.1 mmol) in toluene (100 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 85° C. overnight, during which time it became homogeneous. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and poured over a slurry of silica gel in chloroform/methanol (2:1). After filtration, the residue washed with a mixture of methylene chloride/methanol (2:1). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting yellow solid was triturated with hexanes/ether (2:1). The yellowish solid 2,4-dichloro-N-(4-chloro-phenyl)-benzamidine I-7a (34.15 g, 73%) was used in the next reaction without further purification.
    • Preparation of 1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-4-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (I-7b)
  • A mixture of 2,4-dichloro-N-(4-chloro-phenyl)-benzamidine I-7a (34 g, 113.5 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (19.1 g, 227 mmol) in 2-propanol (600 ml) was treated with 3-bromo-2-oxo-propionic acid ethyl ester (20 ml, 158.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 85° C. overnight, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and water, and the layers were separated. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether/hexanes (1:3), and the yellow solid, 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-4-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester I-7b (45 g, 96%), was collected by filtration.
    • Preparation of 1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (I-7c)
  • A mixture of 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-4-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester I-7b (45 g, 108.8 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (2.1 g, 10.8 mmol) in toluene (540 ml) was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude residue was taken up in methylene chloride and washed with water, aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and brine. After drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrating, the residue was purified by plug filtration on 600 g silica gel using ethyl acetate/hexanes (20:80) to give pure 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester I-7c (30 g, 69.7%).
    • Preparation of 1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid (I-7d)
  • A solution of LiOH (6.36 g, 152 mmol) was added to a suspension of 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester I-7c (30 g, 75.8 mmol) in methanol (380 ml). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h and then cooled to room temperature. Most of the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was diluted with water and acidified with 3N HCl. The red-brown precipitate was collected by filtration and triturated with 100 ml ethyl acetate/hexanes (20:80) to afford 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid I-7d (26.3 g, 94%) as a pale yellow solid.
    • Preparation of 1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide (I-7e)
  • To a solution of 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid I-7d (1.31 g, 3.57 mmol) and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.42 g, 1.2 equiv) in THF (14 ml) were added TEA (4.97 ml, 10 equiv) and 1-propane phosphonic acid cyclic anhydride (3.21 ml, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water, 10% citric acid, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to a foam which was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 70:30 ethyl acetate/hexane grading to ethyl acetate) to give 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide I-7e (485 mg, 33%).
    • Preparation of 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone (I-7f)
  • A solution of 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide I-7e (1.64 g, 3.99 mmol) in THF (16 ml) was cooled to 0° C., and methylmagnesium iodide (4.4 ml of a 3.0 M solution in Et2O, 9.9 mmol) was added dropwise via syringe. The resultant solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, and then the reaction mixture was poured into cold 1N HCl (100 ml). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 85-ml portions), and the combined extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (100 ml). The organics were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and were concentrated to afford 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7f (1.41 g, 97%) that was used in the next reaction without any further purification.
    • Preparation of 2-Bromo-1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone (I-7g)
  • Aqueous HBr (0.98 ml of a 48% solution) was added to a solution of 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7f (1.60 g, 4.38 mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml). Bromine (0.226 ml, 4.38 mmol) was added next to the reaction mixture in a dropwise manner. The resultant orange solution was stirred at 23° C. for 1 h before warming to 40° C. for 40 min and then cooling to 23° C. for 60 h. The reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of ice and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 200-ml portions). The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 ml) and were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford 2-bromo-1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7g (1.03 g, 53%).
    • Preparation of 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone (7A-1)
  • Morpholine (0.04 ml, 0.426 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-bromo-1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethanone I-7g (63 mg, 0.142 mmol) in THF (3 ml). The resultant solution was stirred at 23° C. for 12 hours, diluted with 50 ml methyl tert-butyl ether, and washed with 25 ml water. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was co-evaporated with hexanes once to afford 1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone 7A-1 (52 mg, 81%) as a solid.
  • ms (LCMS) m/z=450.2 (M+1). 1H NMR in CD3OD (ppm): δ8.3 (s, 1H); 7.56 (d, 1H); 7.50 (d, 2H); 4.72 (m, 3H); 7.24 (d, 1H); 3.89 (s, 2H); 3.74 (t, 4H); 2.64 (m, 4H).
  • The compounds listed below in Table 5 were prepared using the general procedures described above for the preparation of Example 7A-1.
    TABLE 5
    LCMS
    Example m/z
    No. Compound Name (M + 1)
    7A-2 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro- 477.3
    phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-(4-ethyl-
    piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone
    7A-3 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro- 448.3
    phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-
    ethanone
    7A-4 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro- 434.2
    phenyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-
    ethanone
    7A-5 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro- 464.5
    phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-
    piperidin-1-yl-ethanone
    7A-6 1-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro- 464.5
    phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-
    morpholin-4-yl-ethanone
    • Pharmacological Testing
  • The utility of the compounds of the present invention in the practice of the instant invention can be evidenced by activity in at least one of the protocols described hereinbelow. The following acronyms are used in the protocols described below.
  • BSA—bovine serum albumin
  • DMSO—dimethylsulfoxide
  • EDTA—ethylenediamine tetracetic acid
  • PBS—phosphate-buffered saline
  • EGTA—ethylene glycol-bis(β-aminoethyl ether) N,N,N′,N′-tetraacetic acid
  • GDP—guanosine diphosphate
  • sc—subcutaneous
  • po—orally
  • ip—intraperitoneal
  • icv—intra cerebro ventricular
  • iv—intravenous
  • [3H]SR141716A-radiolabeled N-(piperidin-1-yl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide hydrochloride available from Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, N.J.
  • [3H] 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol available from NEN Life Science Products, Boston, Mass.
  • AM251-N-(piperidin-1-yl)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide available from Tocris™, Ellisville, Mo.
  • All of the compounds listed in the Example section above were tested in the CB-1 receptor binding assay below. Those compounds having an activity <20 nM were then tested in the CB-1 GTPγ [35S] Binding Assay and the CB-2 binding assay described below in the Biological Binding Assays section. Selected compounds were then tested in vivo using one or more of the functional assays described in the Biological Functional Assays section below.
    • In Vitro Biological Assays
  • Bioassay systems for determining the CB-1 and CB-2 binding properties and pharmacological activity of cannabinoid receptor ligands are described by Roger G. Pertwee in “Pharmacology of Cannabinoid Receptor Ligands” Current Medicinal Chemistry, 6, 635-664 (1999) and in WO 92/02640 (U.S. application Ser. No. 07/564,075 filed Aug. 8, 1990, incorporated herein by reference).
  • The following assays were designed to detect compounds that inhibit the binding of [3H] SR141716A (selective radiolabeled CB-1 ligand) and [3H] 5-(1,1-dimethylheptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol; radiolabeled CB-1/CB-2 ligand) to their respective receptors.
    • Rat CB-1 Receptor Binding Protocol
  • PelFreeze brains (available from Pel Freeze Biologicals, Rogers, Ark.) were cut up and placed in tissue preparation buffer (5 mM Tris HCl, pH=7.4 and 2 mM EDTA), polytroned at high speed and kept on ice for 15 minutes. The homogenate was then spun at 1,000×g for 5 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant was recovered and centrifuged at 100,000×G for 1 hour at 4° C. The pellet was then re-suspended in 25 ml of TME (25 nM Tris, pH=7.4, 5 mM MgCl2, and 1 mM EDTA) per brain used. A protein assay was performed and 200 μl of tissue totaling 20 μg was added to the assay.
  • The test compounds were diluted in drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO and TME) and then 25 μl were added to a deep well polypropylene plate. [3H] SR141716A was diluted in a ligand buffer (0.5% BSA plus TME) and 25 μl were added to the plate. A BCA protein assay was used to determine the appropriate tissue concentration and then 200 μl of rat brain tissue at the appropriate concentration was added to the plate. The plates were covered and placed in an incubator at 20° C. for 60 minutes. At the end of the incubation period 250 μl of stop buffer (5% BSA plus TME) was added to the reaction plate. The plates were then harvested by Skatron onto GF/B filtermats presoaked in BSA (5 mg/ml) plus TME. Each filter washed twice. The filters were dried overnight. In the morning the filters were counted on a Wallac Betaplate™ counter (available from PerkinElmer Life Sciences™, Boston, Mass.).
    • Human CB-1 Receptor Binding Protocol
  • Human embryonic kidney 293 (HEK 293) cells transfected with the CB-1 receptor cDNA (obtained from Dr. Debra Kendall, University of Connecticut) were harvested in homogenization buffer (10 mM EDTA, 10 mM EGTA, 10 mM Na Bicarbonate, protease inhibitors; pH=7.4), and homogenized with a Dounce Homogenizer. The homogenate was then spun at 1,000×g for 5 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant was recovered and centrifuged at 25,000×G for 20 minutes at 4° C. The pellet was then re-suspended in 10 ml of homogenization buffer and re-spun at 25,000×G for 20 minutes at 4° C. The final pellet was re-suspended in 1 ml of TME (25 mM Tris buffer (pH=7.4) containing 5 mM MgCl2 and 1 mM EDTA). A protein assay was performed and 200 μl of tissue totaling 20 μg was added to the assay.
  • The test compounds were diluted in drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO and TME) and then 25 μl were added to a deep well polypropylene plate. [3H] SR141716A was diluted in a ligand buffer (0.5% BSA plus TME) and 25 μl were added to the plate. The plates were covered and placed in an incubator at 30° C. for 60 minutes. At the end of the incubation period 250 μl of stop buffer (5% BSA plus TME) was added to the reaction plate. The plates were then harvested by Skatron onto GF/B filtermats presoaked in BSA (5 mg/ml) plus TME. Each filter washed twice. The filters were dried overnight. In the morning the filters were counted on a Wallac Betaplate™ counter (available from PerkinElmer Life Sciences™, Boston, Mass.).
  • An activity range from 0.1 to 100 nanomolar was observed for the compounds listed in Examples 1 through 7. As a specific example, a binding affinity of 79 nanomolar was observed for the compound of Example 5A-6. Example 5A-6 was chosen for illustrative purposes only and does not imply that the compound of Example 5A-6 is a preferred compound.
    • CB-2 Receptor Binding Protocol
  • Chinese hamster ovary-K1 (CHO-K1) cells transfected with CB-2 cDNA (obtained from Dr. Debra Kendall, University of Connecticut) were harvested in tissue preparation buffer (5 mM Tris-HCl buffer (pH=7.4) containing 2 mM EDTA), polytroned at high speed and kept on ice for 15 minutes. The homogenate was then spun at 1,000×g for 5 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant was recovered and centrifuged at 100,000×G for 1 hour at 4° C. The pellet was then re-suspended in 25 ml of TME (25 mM Tris buffer (pH=7.4) containing 5 mM MgCl2 and 1 mM EDTA) per brain used. A protein assay was performed and 200 μl of tissue totaling 10 μg was added to the assay.
  • The test compounds were diluted in drug buffer (0.5% BSA, 10% DMSO, and 80.5% TME) and then 25 μl were added to the deep well polypropylene plate. [3H] 5-(1,1-Dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol was diluted a ligand buffer (0.5% BSA and 99.5% TME) and then 25 μl were added to each well at a concentration of 1 nM. A BCA protein assay was used to determine the appropriate tissue concentration and 200 μl of the tissue at the appropriate concentration was added to the plate. The plates were covered and placed in an incubator at 30° C. for 60 minutes. At the end of the incubation period 250 μl of stop buffer (5% BSA plus TME) was added to the reaction plate. The plates were then harvested by Skatron format onto GF/B filtermats presoaked in BSA (5 mg/ml) plus TME. Each filter washed twice. The filters were dried overnight. The filters were then counted on the Wallac Betaplate™ counter.
    • CB-1 GTPγ [35 S] Binding Assay
  • Membranes were prepared from CHO-K1 cells stably transfected with the human CB-1 receptor cDNA. Membranes were prepared from cells as described by Bass et al, in “Identification and characterization of novel somatostatin antagonists,” Molecular Pharmacology, 50, 709-715 (1996). GTPγ [35S] binding assays were performed in a 96 well FlashPlate™ format in duplicate using 100 pM GTPγ[35S] and 10 μg membrane per well in assay buffer composed of 50 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.4, 3 mM MgCl2, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl2, 20 mM EGTA, 100 mM NaCl, 30 μM GDP, 0.1% bovine serum albumin and the following protease inhibitors: 100 μg/ml bacitracin, 100 μg/ml benzamidine, 5 μg/ml aprotinin, 5 μg/ml leupeptin. The assay mix was then incubated with increasing concentrations of antagonist (10−10 M to 10−5 M) for 10 minutes and challenged with the cannabinoid agonist 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol (10 μM). Assays were performed at 30° C. for one hour. The FlashPlates™ were then centrifuged at 2000×g for 10 minutes. Stimulation of GTPγ[35S] binding was then quantified using a Wallac Microbeta.EC50 calculations done using Prism™ by Graphpad.
  • Inverse agonism was measured in the absence of agonist.
    • CB-1 FLIPR-Based Functional Assay Protocol
  • CHO-K1 cells co-transfected with the human CB-1 receptor cDNA (obtained from Dr. Debra Kendall, University of Connecticut) and the promiscuous G-protein G16 were used for this assay. Cells were plated 48 hours in advance at 12500 cells per well on collagen coated 384 well black clear assay plates. Cells were incubated for one hour with 4 μM Fluo-4 μM (Molecular Probes) in DMEM (Gibco) containing 2.5 mM probenicid and pluronic acid (0.04%). The plates were then washed 3 times with HEPES-buffered saline (containing probenicid; 2.5 mM) to remove excess dye. After 20 min the plates were added to the FLIPR individually and fluorescence levels was continuously monitored over an 80 s period. Compound additions were made simultaneously to all 384 wells after 20 s of baseline. Assays were performed in triplicate and 6 point concentration-response curves generated. Antagonist compounds were subsequently challenged with 3 μM WIN 55,212-2 (agonist). Data were analyzed using Graph Pad Prism.
    • Detection of Inverse Agonists
  • The following cyclic-AMP assay protocol using intact cells was used to determine inverse agonist activity.
  • Cells were plated into a 96-well plate at a plating density of 10,000-14,000 cells per well at a concentration of 100 μl per well. The plates were incubated for 24 hours in a 37° C. incubator. The media was removed and media lacking serum (100 μl) was added. The plates were then incubated for 18 hours at 37° C.
  • Serum free medium containing 1 mM IBMX was added to each well followed by 1011 of test compound (1:10 stock solution (25 mM compound in DMSO) into 50% DMSO/PBS) diluted 10× in PBS with 0.1% BSA. After incubating for 20 minutes at 37° C., 2 μM of Forskolin was added and then incubated for an additional 20 minutes at 37° C. The media was removed, 100 μl of 0.01N HCl was added and then incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature. Cell lysate (75 μl) along with 25 μl of assay buffer (supplied in FlashPlate™ cAMP assay kit available from NEN Life Science Products Boston, Mass.) into a Flashplate. cAMP standards and cAMP tracer were added following the kit's protocol. The flashplate was then incubated for 18 hours at 4° C. The content of the wells were aspirated and counted in a Scintillation counter.
    • In Vivo Biological Assays
  • Cannabinoid agonists such as Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (Δ9-THC) and 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol have been shown to affect four characteristic behaviors in mice, collectively known as the Tetrad. For a description of these behaviors see: Smith, P. B., et al. in “The pharmacological activity of anandamide, a putative endogenous cannabinoid, in mice.” J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 270(1), 219-227 (1994) and Wiley, J., et al. in “Discriminative stimulus effects of anandamide in rats,” Eur. J. Pharmacol., 276(1-2), 49-54 (1995). Reversal of these activities in the Locomotor Activity, Catalepsy, Hypothermia, and Hot Plate assays described below provides a screen for in vivo activity of CB-1 antagonists.
  • All data is presented as % reversal from agonist alone using the following formula: (test compound/agonist−vehicle/agonist)/(vehicle/vehicle−vehicle/agonist). Negative numbers indicate a potentiation of the agonist activity or non-antagonist activity. Positive numbers indicate a reversal of activity for that particular test.
    • Locomotor Activity
  • Male ICR mice (n=6) (17-19 g, Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Wilmington, Mass.) were pre-treated with test compound (sc, po, ip, or icv). Fifteen minutes later, the mice were challenged with 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol (sc). Twenty-five minutes after the agonist injection, the mice were placed in clear acrylic cages (431.8 cm×20.9 cm×20.3 cm) containing clean wood shavings. The subjects were allowed to explore surroundings for a total of about 5 minutes and the activity was recorded by infrared motion detectors (available from Coulbourn Instruments™, Allentown, Pa.) that were placed on top of the cages. The data was computer collected and expressed as “movement units.”
    • Catalepsy
  • Male ICR mice (n=6)(17-19 g upon arrival) were pre-treated with test compound (sc, po, ip or icv). Fifteen minutes later, the mice were challenged with 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol (sc). Ninety minutes post injection, the mice were placed on a 6.5 cm steel ring attached to a ring stand at a height of about 12 inches. The ring was mounted in a horizontal orientation and the mouse was suspended in the gap of the ring with fore- and hind-paws gripping the perimeter. The duration that the mouse remained completely motionless (except for respiratory movements) was recorded over a 3-minute period.
  • The data were presented as a percent immobility rating. The rating was calculated by dividing the number of seconds the mouse remains motionless by the total time of the observation period and multiplying the result by 100. A percent reversal from the agonist was then calculated.
    • Hypothermia
  • Male ICR mice (n=5) (17-19 g upon arrival) were pretreated with test compounds (sc, po, ip or icv). Fifteen minutes later, mice were challenged with the cannabinoid agonist 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol_(sc). Sixty-five minutes post agonist injection, rectal body temperatures were taken. This was done by inserting a small thermostat probe approximately 2-2.5 cm into the rectum. Temperatures were recorded to the nearest tenth of a degree
    • Hot Plate
  • Male ICR mice (n=7) (17-19 g upon arrival) are pre-treated with test compounds (sc, po, ip or iv). Fifteen minutes later, mice were challenged with a cannabinoid agonist 5-(1,1-dimethyl-heptyl)-2-[5-hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-cyclohexyl]-phenol (sc). Forty-five minutes later, each mouse was tested for reversal of analgesia using a standard hot plate meter (Columbus Instruments). The hot plate was 10″×10″×0.75″ with a surrounding clear acrylic wall. Latency to kick, lick or flick hindpaw or jump from the platform was recorded to the nearest tenth of a second. The timer was experimenter activated and each test had a 40 second cut off. Data were presented as a percent reversal of the agonist induced analgesia.
    • Food Intake
  • The following screen was used to evaluate the efficacy of test compounds for inhibiting food intake in Sprague-Dawley rats after an overnight fast.
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats were obtained from Charles River Laboratories, Inc. (Wilmington, Mass.). The rats were individually housed and fed powdered chow. They were maintained on a 12 hour light/dark cycle and received food and water ad libitum. The animals were acclimated to the vivarium for a period of one week before testing was conducted. Testing was completed during the light portion of the cycle.
  • To conduct the food intake efficacy screen, rats were transferred to individual test cages without food the afternoon prior to testing, and the rats were fasted overnight. After the overnight fast, rats were dosed the following morning with vehicle or test compounds. A known antagonist was dosed (3 mg/kg) as a positive control, and a control group received vehicle alone (no compound). The test compounds were dosed at ranges between 0.1 and 100 mg/kg depending upon the compound. The standard vehicle was 0.5% (w/v) methylcellulose in water and the standard route of administration was oral. However, different vehicles and routes of administration were used to accommodate various compounds when required. Food was provided to the rats 30 minutes after dosing and the Oxymax automated food intake system (Columbus Instruments, Columbus, Ohio) was started. Individual rat food intake was recorded continuously at 10-minute intervals for a period of two hours. When required, food intake was recorded manually using an electronic scale; food was weighed every 30 minutes after food was provided up to four hours after food was provided. Compound efficacy was determined by comparing the food intake pattern of compound-treated rats to vehicle and the standard positive control.
    • Alcohol Intake
  • The following protocol evaluates the effects of alcohol intake in alcohol preferring (P) female rats (bred at Indiana University) with an extensive drinking history. The following references provide detailed descriptions of P rats: Li, T.-K., et al., “Indiana selection studies on alcohol related behaviors” in Development of Animal Models as Pharmacogenetic Tools (eds McCleam C. E., Deitrich R. A. and Erwin V. G.), Research Monograph 6, 171-192 (1981) NIAAA, ADAMHA, Rockville, Md.; Lumeng, L, et al., “New strains of rats with alcohol preference and nonpreference” Alcohol And Aldehyde Metabolizing Systems, 3, Academic Press, New York, 537-544 (1977); and Lumeng, L, et al., “Different sensitivities to ethanol in alcohol-preferring and -nonpreferring rats,” Pharmacol, Biochem Behav., 16, 125-130 (1982).
  • Female rats were given 2 hours of access to alcohol (10% v/v and water, 2-bottle choice) daily at the onset of the dark cycle. The rats were maintained on a reverse cycle to facilitate experimenter interactions. The animals were initially assigned to four groups equated for alcohol intakes: Group 1—vehicle (n=8); Group 2—positive control (e.g. 5.6 mg/kg AM251; n=8); Group 3—low dose test compound (n=8); and Group 4—high dose of test compound (n=8). Test compounds were generally mixed into a vehicle of 30% (w/v) p-cyclodextrin in distilled water at a volume of 1-2 ml/kg. Vehicle injections were given to all groups for the first two days of the experiment. This was followed by 2 days of drug injections (to the appropriate groups) and a final day of vehicle injections. On the drug injection days, drugs were given sc 30 minutes prior to a 2-hour alcohol access period. Alcohol intake for all animals was measured during the test period and a comparison was made between drug and vehicle-treated animals to determine effects of the compounds on alcohol drinking behavior.
  • Additional drinking studies were done utilizing female C57BI/6 mice (Charles River). Several studies have shown that this strain of mice will readily consume alcohol with little to no manipulation required (Middaugh et al., “Ethanol Consumption by C57BL/6 Mice: Influence of Gender and Procedural Variables” Alcohol, 17 (3), 175-183, 1999; Le et al., “Alcohol Consumption by C57BL/6, BALA/c, and DBA/2 Mice in a Limited Access Paradigm” Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior, 47, 375-378, 1994).
  • For our purposes, upon arrival (17-19 g) mice were individually housed and given unlimited access to powdered rat chow, water and a 10% (w/v) alcohol solution. After 2-3 weeks of unlimited access, water was restricted for 20 hours and alcohol was restricted to only 2 hours access daily. This was done in a manner that the access period was the last 2 hours of the dark part of the light cycle.
  • Once drinking behavior stabilized, testing commenced. Mice were considered stable when the average alcohol consumption for 3 days was ±20% of the average for all 3 days. Day 1 of test consisted of all mice receiving vehicle injection (sc or ip). Thirty to 120 minutes post injection access was given to alcohol and water. Alcohol consumption for that day was calculated (g/kg) and groups were assigned (n=7-10) so that all groups had equivocal alcohol intake. On day 2 and 3, mice were injected with vehicle or drug and the same protocol as the previous day was followed. Day 4 wash out and no injections were given. Data was analyzed using repeated measures ANOVA. Change in water or alcohol consumption was compared back to vehicle for each day of the test. Positive results would be interpreted as a compound that was able to significantly reduce alcohol consumption while having no effect on water
    • Oxygen Consumption
  • Methods:
  • Whole body oxygen consumption is measured using an indirect calorimeter (Oxymax from Columbus Instruments, Columbus, Ohio) in male Sprague Dawley rats (if another rat strain or female rats are used, it will be specified). Rats (300-380 g body weight) are placed in the calorimeter chambers and the chambers are placed in activity monitors. These studies are done during the light cycle. Prior to the measurement of oxygen consumption, the rats are fed standard chow ad libitum. During the measurement of oxygen consumption, food is not available. Basal pre-dose oxygen consumption and ambulatory activity are measured every 10 minutes for 2.5 to 3 hours. At the end of the basal pre-dosing period, the chambers are opened and the animals are administered a single dose of compound (the usual dose range is 0.001 to 10 mg/kg) by oral gavage (or other route of administration as specified, i.e. s.c., i.p., i.v.). Drugs are prepared in methylcellulose, water or other specified vehicle (examples include PEG400, 30% beta-cyclo dextran and propylene glycol). Oxygen consumption and ambulatory activity are measured every 10 minutes for an additional 1-6 hours post-dosing.
  • The Oxymax calorimeter software calculates the oxygen consumption (ml/kg/h) based on the flow rate of air through the chambers and difference in oxygen content at inlet and output ports. The activity monitors have 15 infrared light beams spaced one inch apart on each axis, ambulatory activity is recorded when two consecutive beams are broken and the results are recorded as counts.
  • Resting oxygen consumption, during pre- and post-dosing, is calculated by averaging the 10-min O2 consumption values, excluding periods of high ambulatory activity (ambulatory activity count>100) and excluding the first 5 values of the pre-dose period and the first value from the post-dose period. Change in oxygen consumption is reported as percent and is calculated by dividing the post-dosing resting oxygen consumption by the pre-dose oxygen consumption*100. Experiments will typically be done with n=4-6 rats and results reported are mean +/−SEM.
  • Interpretation:
  • An increase in oxygen consumption of >10% is considered a positive result. Historically, vehicle-treated rats have no change in oxygen consumption from pre-dose basal.

Claims (23)

1. A compound of Formula (I)
Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00011
wherein
X is carbon and Y is nitrogen or X is nitrogen and Y is carbon;
R1 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, halogen, or cyano;
R2 and R3 are each independently (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where said aryl and said heteroaryl moieties are optionally substituted with one or more substituents;
L is —C(O)— or —C(R4)(OR5)—, where R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl and R5 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, or taken together with R8 or R9 is —CH2CH2— or —CH2C(O)—;
R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 4- to 8-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of said compound or said salt, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound, said salt or said prodrug.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound of Formula (I) is a compound of Formula (IA)
Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00012
wherein
R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where said aryl and said heteroaryl moieties are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents; and
R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of said compound or said salt, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound, said salt or said prodrug.
3. The compound of claim 2 selected from the group consisting of
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-ethanone;
N-(1-{2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-piperidin-4-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-acetamide;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(4-trifluoroacetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone;
1-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanone;
1-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-[1,4]oxazepan-4-yl-ethanone; and
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(1-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4,5]dec-8-yl)-ethanone;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate or hydrate of said compound or said salt.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound of Formula (I) is a compound of Formula (IB)
Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00013
wherein
R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where said aryl and said heteroaryl moieties are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of said compound or said salt, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound, said salt or said prodrug.
5. The compound of claim 4 selected from the group consisting of
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol;
1-{2-[1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-hydroxy-ethyl}-4-isopropylamino-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid amide;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-(3,3-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanol;
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanol; and
1-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-4-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanol;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate or hydrate of said compound or said salt.
6. (canceled)
7. (canceled)
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound of Formula (I) is a compound of Formula (ID)
Figure US20070254935A1-20071101-C00014
wherein
R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently —(CH2)n-aryl or —(CH2)n-heteroaryl, where n is 0, 1 or 2, and where said aryl and said heteroaryl moieties are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents;
R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl, or R6 and R7 taken together form a partially or fully saturated carbocyclic ring; and
R8 and R9 taken together form a partially or fully saturated, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms and optionally substituted with one or more substituents;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a prodrug of said compound or said salt, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound, said salt or said prodrug.
9. The compound of claim 8 selected from the group consisting of
1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanone; and
1-[1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanone;
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate or hydrate of said compound or said salt.
10. The compound of claims 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 wherein R2 is p-chlorophenyl or p-fluorophenyl, and R3 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl or 2-fluororophenyl.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising
(a) a compound of claim 1, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound or said salt; and
(b) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier.
12. The composition of claim 10 further comprising a nicotine receptor partial agonist, an opioid antagonist, a dopaminergic agent, an attention deficit disorder agent, or an anti-obesity agent.
13. The composition of claim 12 wherein said anti-obesity agent is selected from the group consisting of an apo-B/MTP inhibitor, a 11β-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 inhibitor, peptide YY3-36 or an analog thereof, a MCR-4 agonist, a CCK-A agonist, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor, a sympathomimetic agent, a 3 adrenergic receptor agonist, a dopamine agonist, a melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analog, a 5-HT2c receptor agonist, a melanin concentrating hormone antagonist, leptin, a leptin analog, a leptin receptor agonist, a galanin antagonist, a lipase inhibitor, a bombesin agonist, a neuropeptide-Y receptor antagonist, a thyromimetic agent, dehydroepiandrosterone or analog thereof, a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist, an orexin receptor antagonist, a glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist, a ciliary neurotrophic factor, a human agouti-related protein antagonist, a ghrelin receptor antagonist, a histamine 3 receptor antagonist or inverse agonist, and a neuromedin U receptor agonist.
14. A method for treating a disease, condition or disorder modulated by a cannabinoid receptor antagonist in animals comprising the step of administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate or hydrate of said compound or said salt.
15. The method of claim 14 wherein said cannabinoid receptor is a CB1 receptor.
16. The method of claim 15 wherein said disease, condition or disorder modulated by a cannabinoid receptor antagonist is selected from the group consisting of weight loss, obesity, bulimia, depression, bipolar disorders, psychoses, schizophrenia, alcoholism, tobacco abuse, memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, dementia of aging, seizure disorders, epilepsy, attention deficit disorder, Parkinson's disease, and type II diabetes.
17. The method of claim 15 wherein said disease is obesity, bulimia, attention deficit disorder, alcoholism, or tobacco abuse.
18. A method for treating a disease, condition or disorder modulated by a cannabinoid receptor antagonist in animals comprising the step of administering to an animal in need of such treatment two separate pharmaceutical compositions comprising
(i) a first composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier, and
(ii) a second composition comprising at least one additional pharmaceutical agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or carrier.
19. The method of claim 18 wherein said at least one additional pharmaceutical agent is a nicotine partial agonist, an opioid antagonist, a dopaminergic agent, an attention deficit disorder agent, or an anti-obesity agent.
20. The method of claim 19 wherein said anti-obesity agent is selected from the group consisting of an apo-B/MTP inhibitor, a 11β-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase-1 inhibitor, peptide YY3-36 or an analog thereof, a MCR-4 agonist, a CCK-A agonist, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor, a sympathomimetic agent, a 3 adrenergic receptor agonist, a dopamine agonist, a melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analog, a 5-HT2c receptor agonist, a melanin concentrating hormone antagonist, leptin, a leptin analog, a leptin receptor agonist, a galanin antagonist, a lipase inhibitor, a bombesin agonist, a neuropeptide-Y receptor antagonist, a thyromimetic agent, dehydroepiandrosterone or analog thereof, a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist, an orexin receptor antagonist, a glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist, a ciliary neurotrophic factor, a human agouti-related protein antagonist, a ghrelin receptor antagonist, a histamine 3 receptor antagonist or inverse agonist, and a neuromedin U receptor agonist.
21. The method of claim 18 wherein said first composition and said second composition are administered simultaneously.
22. The method of claim 18 wherein said first composition and said second composition are administered sequentially and in any order.
23. The method of claims 18, 19, 20, 21, or 22 wherein said disease is obesity, bulimia, attention deficit disorder, alcoholism, or tobacco abuse.
US11/766,442 2002-12-12 2007-06-21 Pyrazole and imidazole compounds and uses thereof Abandoned US20070254935A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/766,442 US20070254935A1 (en) 2002-12-12 2007-06-21 Pyrazole and imidazole compounds and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US43291102P 2002-12-12 2002-12-12
US10/702,149 US7247628B2 (en) 2002-12-12 2003-11-04 Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US11/766,442 US20070254935A1 (en) 2002-12-12 2007-06-21 Pyrazole and imidazole compounds and uses thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/702,149 Division US7247628B2 (en) 2002-12-12 2003-11-04 Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20070254935A1 true US20070254935A1 (en) 2007-11-01

Family

ID=32508011

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/702,149 Expired - Fee Related US7247628B2 (en) 2002-12-12 2003-11-04 Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US11/766,442 Abandoned US20070254935A1 (en) 2002-12-12 2007-06-21 Pyrazole and imidazole compounds and uses thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/702,149 Expired - Fee Related US7247628B2 (en) 2002-12-12 2003-11-04 Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US7247628B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1572662A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2006514942A (en)
AU (1) AU2003286315A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0317096A (en)
CA (1) CA2505887A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05005814A (en)
WO (1) WO2004052864A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8846746B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2014-09-30 Japan Tobacco Inc. Pyrazole compound and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2016106105A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Amidoethyl azole orexin receptor antagonists

Families Citing this family (58)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6374762B1 (en) * 1997-10-27 2002-04-23 Correct Craft, Inc. Water sport towing apparatus
AU2003275242B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2010-03-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyrimidines
US7329658B2 (en) * 2003-02-06 2008-02-12 Pfizer Inc Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7176210B2 (en) 2003-02-10 2007-02-13 Pfizer Inc. Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
EP1594439A2 (en) * 2003-02-13 2005-11-16 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University REGULATION OF FOOD INTAKE AND GLUCOSE PRODUCTION BY MODULATION OF LONG-CHAIN FATTY ACYL-CoA LEVELS IN THE HYPOTHALAMUS
US7094572B2 (en) * 2003-03-14 2006-08-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Polynucleotide encoding a novel human G-protein coupled receptor variant of HM74, HGPRBMY74
US7145012B2 (en) 2003-04-23 2006-12-05 Pfizer Inc. Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US20040214856A1 (en) * 2003-04-23 2004-10-28 Pfizer Inc Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7268133B2 (en) 2003-04-23 2007-09-11 Pfizer, Inc. Patent Department Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7141669B2 (en) * 2003-04-23 2006-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Cannabiniod receptor ligands and uses thereof
CA2524397A1 (en) * 2003-05-07 2004-11-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US20040224962A1 (en) * 2003-05-09 2004-11-11 Pfizer Inc Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of obesity or to facilitate or promote weight loss
US7232823B2 (en) * 2003-06-09 2007-06-19 Pfizer, Inc. Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
KR20060037410A (en) * 2003-07-30 2006-05-03 제논 파마슈티칼스 인크. Pyridazine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
US20050026983A1 (en) * 2003-07-30 2005-02-03 Pfizer Inc Imidazole compounds and uses thereof
US20050043327A1 (en) * 2003-08-21 2005-02-24 Pfizer Inc Pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and treatment of addiction in a mammal
GB0325956D0 (en) 2003-11-06 2003-12-10 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds
US7151097B2 (en) * 2003-11-07 2006-12-19 Pfizer Inc. Bicyclic pyrazolyl and imidazolyl compounds and uses thereof
US7173044B2 (en) * 2004-02-19 2007-02-06 Solvay Pharmaceuticals B.V. Imidazoline derivatives having CB1-antagonistic activity
US7786141B2 (en) * 2004-08-19 2010-08-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Dihydrospiroindene modulators of muscarinic receptors
RU2007109794A (en) * 2004-08-19 2008-09-27 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз, Инкорпорейтед (Us) MUSCARINE RECEPTOR MODULATORS
WO2006041922A2 (en) * 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 Dara Biosciences, Inc. Agents and methods for administration to the central nervous system
AU2005309365B2 (en) * 2004-11-29 2011-10-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of muscarinic receptors
WO2006060190A2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-08 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Imidazole derivatives
US20070026079A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2007-02-01 Louis Herlands Intranasal administration of modulators of hypothalamic ATP-sensitive potassium channels
CA2609783A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2006-12-07 Pfizer Products Inc. Combination of a cannabinoid-1- receptor-antagonist and a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor for treating obesity or mainataining weight loss
GB0512099D0 (en) * 2005-06-14 2005-07-20 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
CA2613235A1 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Prosidion Limited Gpcr agonists
FR2888236B1 (en) * 2005-07-08 2007-09-21 Sanofi Aventis Sa N - [(1,5-DIPHENYL-1H-PYRAZOL-3-YL) METHYL] SULFONAMIDE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
GB0516661D0 (en) * 2005-08-13 2005-09-21 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents
TW200745096A (en) * 2005-08-23 2007-12-16 Organon Nv Indole derivatives
AU2006330866A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-07-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of muscarinic receptors
GB0602042D0 (en) * 2006-02-01 2006-03-15 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
US20080027087A1 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-01-31 Ampla Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CB1 antagonists and inverse agonists
EP1988892A2 (en) 2006-02-22 2008-11-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of muscarinic receptors
ATE517106T1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2011-08-15 Vertex Pharma CONDENSED SPIROPIPERIDINE AS MODULATORS OF MUSCARINOUS RECEPTORS
CN101500565A (en) * 2006-06-29 2009-08-05 弗特克斯药品有限公司 Modulators of muscarinic receptors
EP1878723B1 (en) * 2006-07-11 2010-05-26 Sanofi-Aventis N-[(1,5-diphenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl]sulfonamide derivatives antagonists of the CB1 cannabinoids receptors
US7297710B1 (en) 2006-07-12 2007-11-20 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of N-[(1,5-diphenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl]sulfonamide, their preparation and their application in therapeutics
CN101553231A (en) * 2006-08-15 2009-10-07 弗特克斯药品有限公司 Modulators of muscarinic receptors
JP2010501561A (en) 2006-08-18 2010-01-21 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Modulator of muscarinic receptor
TWI415845B (en) * 2006-10-03 2013-11-21 Arena Pharm Inc Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
DE102006049452A1 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-05-08 Grünenthal GmbH Substituted tetrahydropyrolopiperazine compounds and their use in medicaments
MX2009006214A (en) 2006-12-18 2009-06-22 7Tm Pharma As Cb1 receptor modulators.
AR064736A1 (en) 2007-01-04 2009-04-22 Prosidion Ltd GPCR AGONISTS
PT2114933E (en) 2007-01-04 2011-12-20 Prosidion Ltd Piperidine gpcr agonists
WO2008081208A1 (en) 2007-01-04 2008-07-10 Prosidion Limited Piperidine gpcr agonists
GB0700122D0 (en) 2007-01-04 2007-02-14 Prosidion Ltd GPCR agonists
AR064735A1 (en) 2007-01-04 2009-04-22 Prosidion Ltd GPCR AGONISTS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION BASED ON THE COMPOUND
FR2911136B1 (en) 2007-01-05 2009-02-20 Sanofi Aventis Sa SUBSTITUTED N- (4-CYANO-1H-PYRAZOL-3-YL) METHYLAMINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC USE THEREOF
GB0702862D0 (en) * 2007-02-14 2007-03-28 Univ Aberdeen Therapeutic compounds
CA2700724A1 (en) * 2007-10-03 2009-04-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of muscarinic receptors
GB0720390D0 (en) 2007-10-18 2007-11-28 Prosidion Ltd G-Protein coupled receptor agonists
GB0720389D0 (en) 2007-10-18 2008-11-12 Prosidion Ltd G-Protein Coupled Receptor Agonists
SG176464A1 (en) 2008-05-09 2011-12-29 Agency Science Tech & Res Diagnosis and treatment of kawasaki disease
FR2945533B1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2011-05-27 Sanofi Aventis CYCLOPENTA® C! PYRROLYL-ALKYLCARBAMATE DERIVATIVES OF 5-CHAIN HETEROCYCLES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
US20130109721A1 (en) * 2009-12-08 2013-05-02 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. FAAH Inhibitors
US20200288710A1 (en) 2016-03-15 2020-09-17 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Substituted sulphonamides for controlling animal pests

Family Cites Families (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8613591D0 (en) * 1986-06-04 1986-07-09 Roussel Lab Ltd Chemical compounds
ES2037739T3 (en) * 1986-10-22 1993-07-01 Ciba-Geigy Ag DERIVATIVES OF THE 1,5-DIPHENYLPIRAZOLE-3-CARBOXYLIC ACID FOR THE PROTECTION OF CROP PLANTS.
AU611437B2 (en) 1987-05-29 1991-06-13 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation Pharmacologically active 2- and 3-substituted (1',5'-diaryl-3-pyrazolyl)-n-hydroxypropanamides and method for synthesizing the same
PH27357A (en) * 1989-09-22 1993-06-21 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Pyrazole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
FR2665898B1 (en) * 1990-08-20 1994-03-11 Sanofi DERIVATIVES OF AMIDO-3 PYRAZOLE, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
FR2692575B1 (en) * 1992-06-23 1995-06-30 Sanofi Elf NOVEL PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
FR2714057B1 (en) * 1993-12-17 1996-03-08 Sanofi Elf New derivatives of 3-pyrazolecarboxamide, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
US5596106A (en) * 1994-07-15 1997-01-21 Eli Lilly And Company Cannabinoid receptor antagonists
AU3815495A (en) 1994-11-08 1996-05-31 Eisai Co. Ltd. Pyrazole derivatives exhibiting anti-inflammatory and analgesic effects
US5470862A (en) * 1995-02-03 1995-11-28 Ohmeda Pharmaceutical Products Division Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl compounds and methods employing such compounds
FR2741621B1 (en) * 1995-11-23 1998-02-13 Sanofi Sa NOVEL PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME
FR2742148B1 (en) * 1995-12-08 1999-10-22 Sanofi Sa NOVEL PYRAZOLE-3-CARBOXAMIDE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
DE69822449T2 (en) * 1997-01-21 2005-01-27 Smithkline Beecham Corp. NEW CANNABINOID RECEPTOR MODULATORS
FR2758723B1 (en) * 1997-01-28 1999-04-23 Sanofi Sa USE OF CENTRAL CANNABINOID RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE PREPARATION OF DRUGS
FR2761266B1 (en) * 1997-03-28 1999-07-02 Sanofi Sa PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FORMED BY WET GRANULATION FOR THE ORAL ADMINISTRATION OF A DERIVATIVE OF N-PIPERIDINO-3- PYRAZOLECARBOXAMIDE, ITS SALTS AND THEIR SOLVATES
KR100652994B1 (en) * 1998-09-11 2006-11-30 아방티 파르마 소시에테 아노님 Azetidine derivatives, preparation and medicines containing them
FR2783246B1 (en) 1998-09-11 2000-11-17 Aventis Pharma Sa AZETIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE MEDICINES CONTAINING THEM
FR2789079B3 (en) * 1999-02-01 2001-03-02 Sanofi Synthelabo PYRAZOLECARBOXYLIC ACID DERIVATIVE, ITS PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
FR2799124B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2004-08-13 Sanofi Synthelabo USE OF ANTAGONISTS OF CENTRAL CANNABINOID RECEPTORS FOR THE PREPARATION OF DRUGS
CA2387892A1 (en) 1999-10-18 2001-04-26 University Of Connecticut Pyrazole derivatives as cannabinoid receptor antagonists
MXPA02005101A (en) 1999-10-18 2003-09-25 Alexipharma Inc Cannabimimetic indole derivatives.
FR2800372B1 (en) 1999-11-03 2001-12-07 Sanofi Synthelabo TRICYCLIC DERIVATIVES OF 1-BENZYLPYRAZOLE-3- CARBOXYLIC ACID, THEIR PREPARATION, THE MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THEM
FR2800375B1 (en) 1999-11-03 2004-07-23 Sanofi Synthelabo TRICYCLIC DERIVATIVES OF PYRAZOLECARBOXYLIC ACID, THEIR PREPARATION, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
CN1423646A (en) * 1999-12-03 2003-06-11 辉瑞产品公司 Hetero cyclo-alkylsulfonyl pyrazole derivatives as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
FR2804604B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2005-05-27 Sanofi Synthelabo USE OF A CENTRAL CANNABINOID RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST FOR THE PREPARATION OF USEFUL DRUGS TO FACILITATE THE STOPPAGE OF TOBACCO CONSUMPTION
CA2399791A1 (en) 2000-02-11 2001-08-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cannabinoid receptor modulators, their processes of preparation, and use of cannabinoid receptor modulators in treating respiratory and non-respiratory diseases
US6479479B2 (en) * 2000-03-03 2002-11-12 Aventis Pharma S.A. Azetidine derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US6355631B1 (en) * 2000-03-03 2002-03-12 Aventis Pharma S.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing azetidine derivatives, novel azetidine derivatives and their preparation
US6566356B2 (en) * 2000-03-03 2003-05-20 Aventis Pharma S.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing 3-aminoazetidine derivatives, novel derivatives and their preparation
DZ3335A1 (en) * 2000-03-23 2001-09-27 Solvay Pharm Bv 4,5-DIHYDRO-1H-PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES HAVING ANTIAGONIST ACTIVITY OF CB1
FR2809621B1 (en) 2000-05-12 2002-09-06 Sanofi Synthelabo USE OF A CENTRAL CANNABINOID RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST FOR THE PREPARATION OF MEDICINES SUITABLE AS ANTIDIARRHOISTS
US20020019421A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2002-02-14 Roni Biberman Compositions and therapy for substance addiction
US20020091114A1 (en) * 2000-10-04 2002-07-11 Odile Piot-Grosjean Combination of a CB1 receptor antagonist and of sibutramine, the pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and their use in the treatment of obesity
CA2432148C (en) 2000-12-28 2011-01-18 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Tri-heterocyclic compounds and a pharmaceutical comprising them as an active ingredient
CA2422708C (en) 2001-03-22 2010-10-26 Solvay Pharmaceuticals B.V. 4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazole derivatives having cb1-antagonistic activity
ITMI20011483A1 (en) 2001-07-11 2003-01-11 Res & Innovation Soc Coop A R USE OF COMPOUNDS AS FUNCTIONAL ANTAGONISTS TO CENTRAL DEICANNABINOID RECEPTORS
WO2003007887A2 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-01-30 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted imidazoles as cannabinoid receptor modulators
FR2829028B1 (en) 2001-08-29 2004-12-17 Aventis Pharma Sa COMBINATION OF AN ANTAGONIST OF THE CB1 RECEPTOR AND A PRODUCT THAT ACTIVATES DOPAMINERGIC NEUROTRANSMISSION IN THE BRAIN, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE
FR2829027A1 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-03-07 Aventis Pharma Sa ASSOCIATION WITH A CB1 RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF PARKINSON'S DISEASE
AU2002331766A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-18 University Of Connecticut Novel pyrazole analogs acting on cannabinoid receptors
TWI231757B (en) 2001-09-21 2005-05-01 Solvay Pharm Bv 1H-Imidazole derivatives having CB1 agonistic, CB1 partial agonistic or CB1-antagonistic activity
MXPA03009439A (en) 2001-09-21 2004-02-12 Solvay Pharm Bv 4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazole derivatives having potent cb1-antagonistic activity.
IL160081A0 (en) 2001-09-21 2004-06-20 Solvay Pharm Bv Novel 4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazole derivatives having cb1-antagonistic activity
US6509367B1 (en) * 2001-09-22 2003-01-21 Virginia Commonwealth University Pyrazole cannabinoid agonist and antagonists
MXPA04002438A (en) 2001-09-24 2004-06-29 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp Preparation and use of pyrrole derivatives for treating obesity.
US7071207B2 (en) 2001-09-24 2006-07-04 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Preparation and use of 1,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine derivatives for treatment of obesity
AR036608A1 (en) 2001-09-24 2004-09-22 Bayer Corp IMIDAZOL DERIVATIVES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND THE USE OF SUCH DERIVATIVES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT FOR THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY
SE0104332D0 (en) 2001-12-19 2001-12-19 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents
SE0104330D0 (en) 2001-12-19 2001-12-19 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents
US20030139386A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2003-07-24 Sophie Cote Pharmaceutical compositions based on azetidine derivatives
WO2003075660A1 (en) 2002-03-06 2003-09-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treatment or prevention of obesity
EP1496838B1 (en) 2002-03-12 2010-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted amides
AR038966A1 (en) 2002-03-18 2005-02-02 Solvay Pharm Bv DERIVATIVES OF TIAZOL THAT HAVE ANTAGONIST, AGONIST OR PARTIAL AGONIST ACTIVITY OF CB1
WO2003082190A2 (en) 2002-03-26 2003-10-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Spirocyclic amides as cannabinoid receptor modulators
ES2192494B1 (en) 2002-03-27 2005-02-16 Consejo Superior De Investigaciones Cientificas 1,2,4-TRIAZOL DERIVATIVES WITH CANNABINOID PROPERTIES.
FR2837706A1 (en) 2002-03-28 2003-10-03 Sanofi Synthelabo USE OF A CB1 CANNABINOID RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST FOR THE PREPARATION OF MEDICINES USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION AND / OR IMPROVING SEXUAL PERFORMANCE
WO2003082191A2 (en) 2002-03-28 2003-10-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted 2,3-diphenyl pyridines
WO2003087037A1 (en) 2002-04-05 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted aryl amides
FR2838439B1 (en) 2002-04-11 2005-05-20 Sanofi Synthelabo TERPHENYL DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
CA2481313A1 (en) 2002-04-12 2003-10-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Bicyclic amides
US6825209B2 (en) * 2002-04-15 2004-11-30 Research Triangle Institute Compounds having unique CB1 receptor binding selectivity and methods for their production and use
ATE365740T1 (en) 2002-05-10 2007-07-15 Smithkline Beecham Corp SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLOPYRIMIDINES
DE60325243D1 (en) 2002-08-02 2009-01-22 Warsaw Orthopedic Inc SYSTEMS AND TECHNIQUES FOR ILLUMINATING AN OPERATIONAL AREA
BR0314872A (en) * 2002-10-18 2005-08-02 Pfizer Prod Inc Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7129239B2 (en) * 2002-10-28 2006-10-31 Pfizer Inc. Purine compounds and uses thereof

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8846746B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2014-09-30 Japan Tobacco Inc. Pyrazole compound and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2016106105A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Amidoethyl azole orexin receptor antagonists
US10155750B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2018-12-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Amidoethyl azole orexin receptor antagonists

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040122074A1 (en) 2004-06-24
BR0317096A (en) 2005-10-25
JP2006514942A (en) 2006-05-18
EP1572662A1 (en) 2005-09-14
US7247628B2 (en) 2007-07-24
MXPA05005814A (en) 2005-08-18
AU2003286315A1 (en) 2004-06-30
CA2505887A1 (en) 2004-06-24
WO2004052864A1 (en) 2004-06-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7247628B2 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7354929B2 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
EP1622903B1 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7145012B2 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7232823B2 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7329658B2 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7176210B2 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US20040259887A1 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US20040077650A1 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US20040235926A1 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US20040214837A1 (en) Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
US7151097B2 (en) Bicyclic pyrazolyl and imidazolyl compounds and uses thereof
US20050026983A1 (en) Imidazole compounds and uses thereof
WO2005061507A1 (en) Bicyclic pyrazol-4-one cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
WO2005049615A1 (en) Pyrazolo`1,5-a!`1,3,5! triazin -4-one derivatives as cb1 receptor antagonists
WO2005061506A1 (en) Bicyclic pyrazolyl and imidazolyl compounds as cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
WO2005061504A1 (en) Bicyclic pyridazinone cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION